bracket prototype with PARAMS

--megabytes report numbers in units of kilobytes.
Reported by Galen Hazelwood.

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -134,7 +134,8 @@ Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of August 1996:
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
+1996:
 
      Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
      English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
@@ -172,40 +173,42 @@ Available Packages
 
    Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
 following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of August 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
+as of December 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
 which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
 coordination.
 
-                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
                      .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |                []       []                |  2
-     bison           |                []       []                |  2
+     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
+     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
      clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []          []             []          |  3
-     diffutils       |                []             []       [] |  3
+     cpio            |    []          []       []    []          |  4
+     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
      enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []          []       []    [] []    [] |  6
-     findutils       |    []          []       []    []       [] |  5
-     flex            |                []                         |  1
-     gcal            |    []                                     |  1
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] | 10
-     glibc           |    []    []          []                   |  3
-     grep            |          []    []    [] []    []    [] [] |  7
-     hello           |    []          []    [] []    [] [] [] [] |  8
+     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
+     findutils       |    []          []    [] []    []       [] |  6
+     flex            |                []                      [] |  2
+     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
+     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
+     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
+     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
+     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
+     indent          |                                           |  0
+     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
      m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |                      [] []                |  2
-     mkid            |    []          []                         |  2
+     make            |    []    []          [] []    []          |  5
      music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []          []       []    []       [] |  5
+     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
      recode          |    []    []    []       []    []    [] [] |  7
-     sh-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
+     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
      sharutils       |    []          []       []             [] |  4
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |  8
-     textutils       |    []          []    [] []    []          |  5
-     wdiff           | [] []          []       []             [] |  5
+     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
+     texinfo         |                                           |  0
+     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
+     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
                      `-------------------------------------------'
-                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                        1 18  1  4  1 22  1  7 16  3 10  3  6 12  105
+       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+       27 packages      1 21  1 11  1 24  1  8 20  7 14  6  7 14  136
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -218,6 +221,6 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
 GNU distribution.
 
-   If August 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
-this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
+   If December 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

THANKS

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
+The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
+
+Arne Henrik Juul arnej@imf.unit.no
+Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
+Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
+Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
+Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
+Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
+Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
+Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
+Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@ctv.es
+Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -4,3 +4,9 @@ info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 # FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
 # automatically
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# old systems.
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1e from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
@@ -37,44 +37,56 @@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
+YACC = @YACC@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+PERL = @PERL@
+MV = @MV@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+LN = @LN@
+RM = @RM@
 
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 # FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
 # automatically
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
-mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# old systems.
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-INFOS = fileutils.info fileutils.info[-0-9]*
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi
 
 
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
-DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
 default: all
 
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .texi .texinfo .info .dvi .ps
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu doc/Makefile
 
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
-Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
 
 version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
 
@@ -101,12 +113,15 @@ fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
 
 
+DVIPS = dvips
+
 .texi.info:
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
 .texinfo.info:
 	cd $(srcdir) \
@@ -114,21 +129,45 @@ fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
 
 .texinfo.dvi:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
-install-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $(srcdir)/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
 	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
+	$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	    echo "install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file; :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
 
 uninstall-info:
-	cd $(srcdir) && for file in *.info*; do	\
-	  rm -f $(infodir)/$$file; \
+	if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  ii=yes; \
+	else ii=; fi; \
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	  test -z $ii || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
 	done
 
 mostlyclean-info:
@@ -142,7 +181,7 @@ clean-info:
 distclean-info:
 
 maintainer-clean-info:
-	rm -f $(INFOS)
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do rm -f `eval echo $$i*`; done
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
@@ -150,24 +189,23 @@ TAGS:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = doc
-distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
-	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
+	$(MAKE) distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
 info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-
 dvi: $(DVIS)
-
 check: all
-
+	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
-
 install-exec: 
 	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
-install-data: install-info
+install-data: install-info-am
 	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
@@ -188,36 +226,34 @@ mostlyclean-generic:
 
 clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log $(CONFIG_HEADER) stamp-h
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
 	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean 
+clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean 
+distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean
 	rm -f config.status
 
 maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean 
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
 .PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
+maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
 distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags distdir info dvi \
-check installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .texi .texinfo .info .dvi
 
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -1,10 +1,3 @@
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
-
 @node Date input formats
 @chapter Date input formats
 
@@ -77,7 +70,7 @@ many flavors of items:
 @item time zone items
 @item day of the week items
 @item relative items
-@item pure numbers.  
+@item pure numbers.
 @end itemize
 
 @noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
@@ -113,7 +106,7 @@ zeros on numbers are ignored.
 
 @cindex calendar date item
 
-A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year.  It is 
+A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year.  It is
 specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
@@ -503,6 +496,6 @@ and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.
-This chapter was originally produced by @value{Francois} Pinard
+This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
 (@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
 and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

doc/mdate-sh

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -18,12 +18,7 @@
 @syncodeindex pg cp
 @syncodeindex vr cp
 
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
+@set Francois Fran@,{c}ois
 
 @ifinfo
 @format
@@ -172,7 +167,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -184,7 +179,7 @@ sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
 @c Sorry, but the @value trick doesn't work with TeX in indexing
 @c commands, and I don't want to fix it right now. --karl.
-@cindex Pinard, Francois
+@cindex Pinard, @value{Francois}
 @cindex Berry, Karl
 @cindex Stallman, Richard
 This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
@@ -724,7 +719,7 @@ Exit status:
 @menu
 * Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
 * Numeric expressions::         + - * / %
-* String expressions::          : match substr index length
+* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length
 * Examples of expr::            Examples.
 @end menu
 
@@ -2504,6 +2499,13 @@ Print the machine (hardware) type.
 @cindex network node name
 Print the machine's network node hostname.
 
+@item -p
+@itemx --processor
+@opindex -p
+@opindex --processor
+@cindex host processor type
+Print the machine's processor type
+
 @item -r
 @itemx --release
 @opindex -r

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
 % This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
 \def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.11 $
+\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.12 $
 \message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
 
 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
@@ -46,20 +46,20 @@
 
 % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
 
-\let\ptextilde=\~
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
+\let\ptexi=\i
 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexdot=\.
 \let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexi=\i
 \let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptexl=\l
-\let\ptexL=\L
+\let\ptextilde=\~
 
 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
@@ -104,10 +104,9 @@
 \hyphenation{eshell}
 
 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen \bindingoffset  \bindingoffset=0pt
-\newdimen \normaloffset   \normaloffset=\hoffset
+\newdimen \bindingoffset  
+\newdimen \normaloffset   
 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-\pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize
 
 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
 % and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
@@ -128,7 +127,7 @@
 \newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick
 \newdimen \topandbottommargin
 \newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize
-\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt	% These set size of cropmarks
+\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt        % These set size of cropmarks
 \outerhsize=7in
 %\outervsize=9.5in
 % Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in
@@ -138,15 +137,24 @@
 %---------------------End change-----------------------
 
 % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions itself, but you have to call it yourself.
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
 \chardef\PAGE=255  \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-\def\onepageout#1{\hoffset=\normaloffset
-\ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
-\shipout\vbox{{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} \pagebody{#1}%
-{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}}%
-\advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+  \hoffset=\normaloffset
+  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+  {%
+    \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+    \indexdummies
+    \shipout\vbox{%
+      {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+      \pagebody{#1}%
+      {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
 
 %%%% For @cropmarks command %%%%
 
@@ -158,8 +166,8 @@
 %
 \def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up
 {\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
-		 \shipout
-		 \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
+                 \shipout
+                 \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
                  \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}}
                  \nointerlineskip
                  \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}
@@ -167,19 +175,19 @@
                        \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}}
                  \vskip \topandbottommargin
                  \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-			\vbox{
-			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
-			\pagebody{#1}
-			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
-			\ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
-		 \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+                        \vbox{
+                        {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
+                        \pagebody{#1}
+                        {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
+                        \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
+                 \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
                  \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick
                  \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}
                        \hfill
                        \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}}
                  \nointerlineskip
                  \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}}
-	}}
+        }}
   \advancepageno
   \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
 %
@@ -367,11 +375,43 @@
 %\def\'{{'}}
 
 % Used to generate quoted braces.
-
 \def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
 \def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
 \let\{=\mylbrace
 \let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+  % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
+  \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
+  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+  \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
+  @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]%
+  @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]%
+@endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
 
 % @: forces normal size whitespace following.
 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
@@ -726,6 +766,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
     \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
     \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+    \immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
     \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
     \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
     \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
@@ -831,9 +872,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
 %
 \def\value#1{\expandafter
-		\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-			{\{No value for ``#1''\}}
-		\else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi}
+                \ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+                        {\{No value for ``#1''\}}
+                \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi}
 
 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
 % with @set.
@@ -933,6 +974,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi
 \global\let\lastnode=\relax}
 
+% @refill is a no-op.
 \let\refill=\relax
 
 % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
@@ -995,7 +1037,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \fi
 % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
 \def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}		%where the normal face is bold
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
 \def\bfshape{b}
 \def\bxshape{bx}
 \def\ttshape{tt}
@@ -1082,9 +1124,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
 % \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
 
-%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}	% Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}	% Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}	% being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}      % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}      % Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}      % being scaled magstep1.
 %\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
 %\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
 
@@ -1287,12 +1329,15 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
 
-\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}		%
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
 
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}		% roman font
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
 % Use of \lowercase was suggested.
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}	% smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}		% italic font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
 
 % @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
 \def\pounds{{\it\$}}
@@ -1311,7 +1356,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
 \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-	\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
 
 \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
    \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
@@ -1328,9 +1373,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
    % Now you can print the title using @title.
    \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
    \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}}
-		    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-		    \finishedtitlepagefalse
-		    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+                    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+                    \finishedtitlepagefalse
+                    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
    \finishedtitlepagetrue
    %
@@ -1348,7 +1393,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
    \let\oldpage = \page
    \def\page{%
       \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
+         \finishtitlepage
       \fi
       \oldpage
       \let\page = \oldpage
@@ -1436,12 +1481,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %
 }% unbind the catcode of @.
 
-% @headings double	turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single	turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off		turns them off.
-% @headings on		same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
 % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
 % By default, they are off at the start of a document,
 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
@@ -1929,7 +1974,8 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
                                      % We don't need this so we don't use it.
     \else
        \global\advance\colcount by1
-       \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+       \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
+                          % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
        \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
     \fi%
   \fi%
@@ -1990,7 +2036,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
  % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
 \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
 \fi
-\noindent##}\cr%
+\noindent##\multistrut}\cr%
  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
  % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. 
  % The table preamble
@@ -2003,11 +2049,10 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
 % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
 % current baselineskip.
-\setbox0=\vbox{Xy}
 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
 %% to keep lines equally spaced
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\ht0 depth\dp0 width0pt\relax}
+\let\multistrut = \strut
 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
 %% table. If not, do nothing. 
 %%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
@@ -2038,14 +2083,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that
 % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
 % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that	accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
 % for the sake of vms.
 
 \def\newindex #1{
 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
 \noexpand\doindex {#1}}
 }
 
@@ -2057,8 +2102,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \def\newcodeindex #1{
 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
 \noexpand\docodeindex {#1}}
 }
 
@@ -2069,7 +2114,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\synindex #1 #2 {%
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
 \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
 \noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
 }
 
@@ -2078,7 +2123,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
 \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
 \noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
 }
 
@@ -2126,24 +2171,31 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\L{\realbackslash L}%
 \def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
 % Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
+% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
+% laboriously list every single command here.)
+\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
+%\let\{ = \lbracecmd
+%\let\} = \rbracecmd
 \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
 \def\w{\realbackslash w }%
 \def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
+%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
 \def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
 \def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
 \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
 \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
 \def\less{\realbackslash less}%
 \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
+%\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
 \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
 \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
 \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }%
 \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
 \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
+\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
 \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-\def\t##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
+\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
+\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
 \def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
 \def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
 \def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
@@ -2171,6 +2223,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \def\indexnofonts{%
 % Just ignore accents.
+\let\,=\indexdummyfont
 \let\"=\indexdummyfont
 \let\`=\indexdummyfont
 \let\'=\indexdummyfont
@@ -2183,6 +2236,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \let\u=\indexdummyfont
 \let\v=\indexdummyfont
 \let\H=\indexdummyfont
+\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
 % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
 \def\oe{oe}%
 \def\ae{ae}%
@@ -2216,6 +2270,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \let\var=\indexdummyfont
 \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
 \let\dots=\indexdummydots
+\def\@{@}%
 }
 
 % To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
@@ -2231,29 +2286,37 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % workhorse for all \fooindexes
 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there
 \def\doind #1#2{%
-% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else%
-\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
-\fi%
-{\count10=\lastpenalty %
-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-\escapechar=`\\%
-{\let\folio=0% Expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio
-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash in the indx.
-%
-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
-% to get the string to sort the index by.
-{\indexnofonts
-\xdef\temp1{#2}%
-}%
-% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}}}%
-\temp }%
-}\penalty\count10}}
+  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+  \fi
+  {%
+    \count255=\lastpenalty
+    {%
+      \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+      \escapechar=`\\
+      {%
+        \let\folio=0 % We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
+        \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+        % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+        %
+        % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
+        % to get the string to sort by.
+        {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}%
+        %
+        % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
+        % original text, including any font commands.
+        \toks0 = {#2}%
+        \edef\temp{%
+          \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+            \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+        }%
+        \temp
+      }%
+    }%
+    \penalty\count255
+  }%
+}
 
 \def\dosubind #1#2#3{%
 {\count10=\lastpenalty %
@@ -2325,6 +2388,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
   % to make right now.
   \catcode`\\ = 0
+  \catcode`\@ = 11
+  \escapechar = `\\
   \begindoublecolumns
   %
   % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
@@ -2440,15 +2505,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
 }}
 
-%% Define two-column mode, which is used in indexes.
-%% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416.
-\catcode `\@=11
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
 
 \newbox\partialpage
-
 \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
 
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
   % Grab any single-column material above us.
   \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage
     =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}%
@@ -2481,48 +2546,47 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
   % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
   \vsize = 2\vsize
-  \doublecolumnpagegoal
 }
-
-\def\enddoublecolumns{\eject \endgroup \pagegoal=\vsize \unvbox\partialpage}
-
-\def\doublecolumnsplit{\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  \global\dimen@=\pageheight \global\advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
-  \global\setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox1}
-  \global\setbox3=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox3}
-  \ifdim\ht0>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
-  \ifdim\ht2>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
-}
-\def\doublecolumnpagegoal{%
-  \dimen@=\vsize \advance\dimen@ by-2\ht\partialpage \global\pagegoal=\dimen@
-}
-\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage %
-  \hsize=\doublecolumnhsize % have to restore this since output routine
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
 \def\doublecolumnout{%
-  \setbox5=\copy255
-  {\vbadness=10000 \doublecolumnsplit}
-  \ifvbox255
-    \setbox0=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox0}
-    \setbox2=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox2}
-    \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
-  \else
-    \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox5}
-    \ifvbox0
-      \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-      \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-      {\vbadness=10000
-	\loop \global\setbox5=\copy0
-          \setbox1=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
-          \setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
-          \ifvbox5 \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat
-        \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
-        \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
-        \global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\pagesofar}
-        \doublecolumnpagegoal
-      }
-    \fi
-  \fi
+  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+  % previous page.
+  \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box1 the right.
+  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+  \onepageout\pagesofar
+  \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+\def\pagesofar{%
+  % The contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+  % followed by the two boxes we just split.
+  \unvbox\partialpage
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  \output={\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have
+  \endgroup
+  % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the
+  % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page.
+  \pagegoal=\vsize 
+}
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+  % Called on the last page of the double column material.
+  \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}%
+  \dimen@ = \ht0
+  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+  {\vbadness=10000 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
+    \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
+    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat}%
+  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  \pagesofar
 }
 \catcode `\@=\other
 
@@ -2887,10 +2951,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and
 % such:
-%	1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-%	   overlong headings to fold.
-%	2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-%	   heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+%          overlong headings to fold.
+%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
 %       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
 %          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
 
@@ -3069,12 +3133,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
    \contentsalignmacro
    \immediate\closeout \contentsfile
    \ifnum \pageno>0
-      \pageno = -1		% Request roman numbered pages.
+      \pageno = -1              % Request roman numbered pages.
    \fi
    % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
    % It is abundantly clear what they are.
    \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
-   \begingroup   		% Set up to handle contents files properly.
+   \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
       \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
       \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
       \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
@@ -3100,6 +3164,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
       \secfonts
       \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
       \rm
+      \hyphenpenalty = 10000
       \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
       \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
       \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
@@ -3143,7 +3208,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
   % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
   % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in in \shortchapentry above.)
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
   \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
   \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
 }
@@ -3164,22 +3229,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
 
-
 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
 \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
 
 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
 % page number.
 %
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we would want to be at chapters
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
 % if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
 \def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip\baselineskip
+   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
    \begingroup
      \chapentryfonts
      \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
    \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
 }
 
 \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
@@ -3204,7 +3268,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 % \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts.
 \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+  \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
   \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}%
 \endgroup}
 
@@ -3229,8 +3293,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \newbox\pushcharbox    \newbox\bullbox
 \newbox\equivbox       \newbox\errorbox
 
-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
-
 %{\tentt
 %\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
 %\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
@@ -3277,7 +3339,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
 \catcode `\%=14
-\catcode 43=12
+\catcode 43=12 % plus
 \catcode`\"=12
 \catcode`\==12
 \catcode`\|=12
@@ -3285,6 +3347,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \catcode`\>=12
 \escapechar=`\\
 %
+\let\,=\ptexcomma
 \let\~=\ptextilde
 \let\{=\ptexlbrace
 \let\}=\ptexrbrace
@@ -3295,8 +3358,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}
 \def\@{@}%
 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext \let\l=\ptexl
-\let\L=\ptexL
+\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext
 %
 \let\Etex=\endgroup}
 
@@ -3355,50 +3417,50 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
 \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
 \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-	\ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-	\hskip\rskip}}
+        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
 \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-	\cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-	\hskip\rskip}}
+        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
 %
 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
 
 \long\def\cartouche{%
 \begingroup
-	\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-	\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
-	\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-		 	  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-	\cartouter=\hsize
-	\advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-%				     side, and for 6pt waste from
-%				     each corner char
-	\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-	% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-	\let\nonarrowing=\comment
-	\vbox\bgroup
-		\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-		\carttop
-		\hbox\bgroup
-			\hskip\lskip
-			\vrule\kern3pt
-			\vbox\bgroup
-				\hsize=\cartinner
-				\kern3pt
-				\begingroup
-					\baselineskip=\normbskip
-					\lineskip=\normlskip
-					\parskip=\normpskip
-					\vskip -\parskip
+        \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+        \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+        \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+                          \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+        \cartouter=\hsize
+        \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+%                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
+%                                    each corner char
+        \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+        % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+        \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+        \vbox\bgroup
+                \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+                \carttop
+                \hbox\bgroup
+                        \hskip\lskip
+                        \vrule\kern3pt
+                        \vbox\bgroup
+                                \hsize=\cartinner
+                                \kern3pt
+                                \begingroup
+                                        \baselineskip=\normbskip
+                                        \lineskip=\normlskip
+                                        \parskip=\normpskip
+                                        \vskip -\parskip
 \def\Ecartouche{%
-				\endgroup
-				\kern3pt
-			\egroup
-			\kern3pt\vrule
-			\hskip\rskip
-		\egroup
-		\cartbot
-	\egroup
+                                \endgroup
+                                \kern3pt
+                        \egroup
+                        \kern3pt\vrule
+                        \hskip\rskip
+                \egroup
+                \cartbot
+        \egroup
 \endgroup
 }}
 
@@ -4441,6 +4503,11 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \global\pageheight=\vsize
 }
 
+\bindingoffset=0pt
+\normaloffset=\hoffset
+\pagewidth=\hsize
+\pageheight=\vsize
+
 % Allow control of the text dimensions.  Parameters in order: textheight;
 % textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip.
 % All require a dimension;

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -16,13 +16,6 @@
 @syncodeindex pg cp
 @syncodeindex vr cp
 
-@ifinfo
-@set Francois Franc,ois
-@end ifinfo
-@tex
-@set Francois Fran\noexpand\ptexc cois
-@end tex
-
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -150,7 +143,7 @@ The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{textutils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -160,7 +153,7 @@ sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
 were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
 The original @code{fmt} man page was written by Ross Paterson.
-@value{Francois} Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
+Fran@,{c}ois Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
 Richard Stallman contributed his usual invaluable insights to the
 overall process.
@@ -841,10 +834,12 @@ leaving the code unchanged.
 @pindex pr
 @cindex printing, preparing files for
 @cindex multicolumn output, generating
+@cindex merging files in parallel
 
 @code{pr} writes each @var{file} (@samp{-} means standard input), or
 standard input if none are given, to standard output, paginating and
-optionally outputting in multicolumn format.  Synopsis:
+optionally outputting in multicolumn format; optionally merges all
+@var{file}s, printing all in parallel, one per column.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@@ -852,33 +847,50 @@ pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 
 By default, a 5-line header is printed: two blank lines; a line with the
 date, the file name, and the page count; and two more blank lines.  A
-five line footer (entirely) is also printed.
+footer of five blank lines is also printed. With the @samp{-f} option, a
+3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are omitted; no
+footer used. The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66 lines.
+The text line of the header takes up the full @var{page_width} in the
+form @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}. String is a centered
+string.
 
-Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output.
+Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output. Multiple form
+feeds produce empty pages.
+
+Columns have equal width, separated by an optional string (default
+space). Lines will always be truncated to line width (default 72),
+unless you use the @samp{-j} option. For single column output no line
+truncation occurs by default. Use @samp{-w} option to truncate lines
+in that case.
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
 
-@item +@var{page}
-Begin printing with page @var{page}.
+@item +@var{first_page}[@var{:last_page}]
+@opindex +@var{first_page}[@var{:last_page}]
+Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with
+@var{last_page}. Missing @samp{:LAST_PAGE} implies end of file. While
+estimating the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file
+results in a new page. Page counting with and without
+@samp{+@var{first_page}} is identical. By default, it starts with the
+first page of input file (not first page printed). Page numbering may be
+altered by @samp{-N} option.
 
 @item -@var{column}
 @opindex -@var{column}
-Produce @var{column}-column output and print columns down.  The column
-width is automatically decreased as @var{column} increases; unless you
-use the @samp{-w} option to increase the page width as well, this option
-might well cause some input to be truncated.
+@cindex down columns
+With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column}-column output and
+print columns down. The column width is automatically estimated from
+@var{page_width}. This option might well cause some columns to be
+truncated. The number of lines in the columns on each page will be
+balanced. @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used with @samp{-m} option.
 
 @item -a
 @opindex -a
 @cindex across columns
-Print columns across rather than down.
-
-@item -b
-@opindex -b
-@cindex balancing columns
-Balance columns on the last page.
+With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.
+@var{column} must be greater than one.
 
 @item -c
 @opindex -c
@@ -903,11 +915,19 @@ is 8).
 @itemx -F
 @opindex -F
 @opindex -f
-Use a formfeed instead of newlines to separate output pages.
+Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages. Default
+page length of 66 lines is not altered. But the number of lines of text
+per page changes from 56 to 63 lines.
 
-@item -h @var{header}
+
+@item -h @var{HEADER}
 @opindex -h
-Replace the file name in the header with the string @var{header}.
+Replace the file name in the header with the centered string
+@var{header}. Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur
+if the total header line @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn}
+becomes larger than @var{page_width}. @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line
+header. Don't use @samp{-h""}. A space between the -h option and the
+argument is always peremptory.
 
 @item -i[@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
 @opindex -i
@@ -917,30 +937,54 @@ is the output tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{out-tabwidth} is the output tab character's width (default
 is 8).
 
-@item -l @var{n}
+@item -j
+@opindex -j
+Merge lines of full length. Used together with the column options
+@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}. Turns off
+@samp{-w} line truncation; no column alignment used; may be used with
+@samp{-s[@var{separator}]}.
+
+
+@item -l @var{page_length}
 @opindex -l
-Set the page length to @var{n} (default 66) lines.  If @var{n} is less
-than 10, the headers and footers are omitted, as if the @samp{-t} option
-had been given.
+Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines. If
+@var{page_length} is less than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-f}),
+the headers and footers are omitted, and all form feeds set in input
+files are eliminated, as if the @samp{-T} option had been given.
 
 @item -m
 @opindex -m
-Print all files in parallel, one in each column.
+Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column. If a
+line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated (but see
+@samp{-j}). @samp{-s[@var{separator}]} may be used. Empty pages in some
+@var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked by
+@var{separator}. Completely empty common pages show no separators or
+line numbers. The default header becomes
+@samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
+@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle part.
+
 
 @item -n[@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
 @opindex -n
-Precede each column with a line number; with parallel files (@samp{-m}),
-precede each line with a line number.  Optional argument
+Precede each column with a line number; with parallel @var{file}s
+(@samp{-m}), precede only each line with a line number. Optional argument
 @var{number-separator} is the character to print after each number
 (default is @key{TAB}).  Optional argument @var{digits} is the number of
-digits per line number (default is 5).
+digits per line number (default is 5). Default line counting starts with
+first line of the input file (not with the first line printed, see
+@samp{-N}).
+
+@item -N @var{line_number}
+@opindex -N
+Start line counting with no. @var{line_number} at first line of first
+page printed.
 
 @item -o @var{n}
 @opindex -o
 @cindex indenting lines
 @cindex left margin
 Indent each line with @var{n} (default is zero) spaces wide, i.e., set
-the left margin.  The total page width is @samp{n} plus the width set
+the left margin.  The total page width is @var{n} plus the width set
 with the @samp{-w} option.
 
 @item -r
@@ -948,25 +992,44 @@ with the @samp{-w} option.
 Do not print a warning message when an argument @var{file} cannot be
 opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 
-@item -s[@var{c}]
+@item -s[@var{separator}]
 @opindex -s
-Separate columns by the single character @var{c}.  If @var{c} is
-omitted, the default is space; if this option is omitted altogether, the
-default is @key{TAB}.
+Separate columns by a string @var{separator}. Don't use
+@samp{-s @var{separator}}, no space between flag and argument. If this
+option is omitted altogether, the default is a space, same as
+@samp{-s" "}. With @samp{-s} only, no separator is used, same as
+@samp{-s""}. @samp{-s} does not affect line truncation or column
+alignment.
 
 @item -t
 @opindex -t
-Do not print the usual 5-line header and the 5-line footer on each page,
-and do not fill out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or
-formfeeds).
+Do not print the usual header [and footer] on each page, and do not fill
+out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or a form feed). No page
+structure is produced, but retain form feeds set in the input files. The
+predefined page layout is not changed. @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
+useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand
+@key{TAB} in the input file to 4 spaces but do not do any other changes.
+Use of @samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.
+
+@item -T
+@opindex -T
+Do not print header [and footer]. In addition eliminate all form feeds
+set in the input files.
 
 @item -v
 @opindex -v
 Print unprintable characters in octal backslash notation.
 
-@item -w @var{n}
+@item -w @var{page_width}
 @opindex -w
-Set the page width to @var{n} (default is 72) columns.
+Set the page width to @var{page_width} (default 72) characters.
+With/without @samp{-w}, header lines are always truncated to
+@var{page_width} characters. With @samp{-w}, text lines are truncated,
+unless @samp{-j} is used. Without @samp{-w} together with one of the
+column options @samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or
+@samp{-m}, default truncation of text lines to 72 characters is used.
+Without @samp{-w} and without any of the column options, no line
+truncation is used. That's equivalent to @samp{-w 72 -j}.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1259,7 +1322,7 @@ less than @var{bytes} bytes of the line are left, then continue
 normally.  @var{bytes} has the same format as for the @samp{--bytes}
 option.
 
-@itemx --verbose=@var{bytes}
+@itemx --verbose
 @opindex --verbose
 Write a diagnostic to standard error just before each output file is opened.
 

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -7,4 +7,3 @@ safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
 getdate.tab.c
 .deps
-group_member.c

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,46 +1,25 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
-ftruncate.c getdate.y group-member.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
-mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y regex.c rx.c \
-rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+## FIXME: Remove mvdir.c, and rmdir.c when
+## automake is fixed -- probably for 1.1g
+EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
 
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getline.c getopt.c getopt1.c posixtm.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c \
-dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
-mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h regex.h rx.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
 save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
-
-# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
-# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
-getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
-	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
-	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
-
-# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
-# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
-# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
-# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
-posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
-	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
-	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
-	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
-	rm -f posixtm.tab.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1e from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
@@ -37,102 +37,111 @@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
+YACC = @YACC@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+PERL = @PERL@
+MV = @MV@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+LN = @LN@
+RM = @RM@
 
-noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
-ftruncate.c getdate.y group-member.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
-mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y regex.c rx.c \
-rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
 
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getline.c getopt.c getopt1.c posixtm.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c \
-dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
-mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h regex.h rx.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
 save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
-mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+LIBRARIES =  $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
-noinst_LIBFILES = libfu.a
 
 DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
-fu_DEPENDENCIES =  @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-fu_OBJECTS = getdate.o getline.o getopt.o getopt1.o posixtm.o argmatch.o \
-backupfile.o dirname.o fileblocks.o filemode.o full-write.o \
-getversion.o idcache.o isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o \
-path-concat.o safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o \
-xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
-EXTRA_fu_SOURCES =
-LIBFILES =  $(pkglib_LIBFILES) $(noinst_LIBFILES) $(check_LIBFILES) \
-$(lib_LIBFILES)
+libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate.o posixtm.o getopt.o getopt1.o argmatch.o \
+backupfile.o dirname.o filemode.o full-write.o getversion.o idcache.o \
+isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o path-concat.o \
+safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o xgetcwd.o \
+xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
 AR = ar
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-CC = @CC@
+INTERLOCK = ./interlock
+YLWRAP = ./ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
+HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c error.c fileblocks.c \
-fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getline.c mountlist.c obstack.c regex.c \
-regex.h rx.c rx.h
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c basename.c error.c \
+error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
+getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c interlock memcmp.c \
+memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h \
+posixtm.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stpcpy.c \
+strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c \
+ylwrap
 
 
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
-DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
-DEP_FILES = .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P .deps/backupfile.P \
-.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P \
-.deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P \
-.deps/getdate.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P \
-.deps/getversion.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
-.deps/makepath.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
-.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/regex.P .deps/rx.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stripslash.P \
+DEP_FILES =  .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P .deps/backupfile.P \
+.deps/basename.P .deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P \
+.deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
+.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
+.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/getversion.P \
+.deps/group-member.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
+.deps/makepath.P .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P \
+.deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P \
+.deps/obstack.P .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/regex.P \
+.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
+.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stpcpy.P \
+.deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P \
+.deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P \
 .deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P \
 .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
-SOURCES = $(fu_SOURCES)
-OBJECTS = $(fu_OBJECTS)
+SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
+OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
 default: all
 
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu lib/Makefile
 
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
-Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
 
 mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-	test -z "$(noinst_LIBFILES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBFILES)
+	test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
 distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
@@ -150,20 +159,28 @@ distclean-compile:
 	rm -f *.tab.c
 
 maintainer-clean-compile:
-$(fu_OBJECTS): ../config.h
+$(libfu_a_OBJECTS): ../config.h
 
-libfu.a: $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_DEPENDENCIES)
+libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	rm -f libfu.a
-	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_LIBADD)
+	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
+.y.c:
+	$(SHELL) $(INTERLOCK) =yacclockdir $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS) $<
+
+tags: TAGS
 
 ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
 	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
 
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list="$(SUBDIRS)"; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	done; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
+	  || cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
@@ -177,17 +194,18 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = lib
-distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
-	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
 
 MKDEP = gcc -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 
 -include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+.deps/.P:
 	test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
 	echo > $@
 
@@ -204,21 +222,15 @@ maintainer-clean-depend:
 	rm -rf .deps
 
 .deps/%.P: $(srcdir)/%.c
-	$(MKDEP) $< > $@-tmp
-	if test -n "$o"; then			\
-	  sed 's/\.o:/$$o:/' $@-tmp > $@;	\
-	  rm $@-tmp;				\
-	else					\
-	  mv $@-tmp $@;				\
-	fi
+	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
+	@o='o';				\
+	test -n "$o" && o='$$o';	\
+	$(MKDEP) $< | sed "s/^\(.*\)\.o:/\1.$$o \1.l$$o:/" > $@
 info:
-
 dvi:
-
 check: all
-
+	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
-
 install-exec: 
 	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
@@ -230,7 +242,7 @@ install: install-exec install-data all
 
 uninstall: 
 
-all: $(LIBFILES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
+all: $(LIBRARIES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
 
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
@@ -242,11 +254,11 @@ mostlyclean-generic:
 
 clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log $(CONFIG_HEADER) stamp-h
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
@@ -255,16 +267,16 @@ mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
 		mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend mostlyclean-generic
 
 clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-depend \
-		clean-generic mostlyclean 
+		clean-generic mostlyclean
 
 distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags \
-		distclean-depend distclean-generic clean 
+		distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
 	rm -f config.status
 
 maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
 		maintainer-clean-depend maintainer-clean-generic \
-		distclean 
+		distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
@@ -273,32 +285,12 @@ clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
 maintainer-clean-compile tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags \
 clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend \
-distclean-depend clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi check \
+distclean-depend clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi \
 installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 
-# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
-# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
-getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
-	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
-	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
-
-# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
-# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
-# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
-# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
-posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
-	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
-	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
-	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
-	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
-	rm -f posixtm.tab.c
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o
-
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:

lib/alloca.c

@@ -1,37 +1,42 @@
-/*
-	alloca -- (mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
 
-	last edit:	86/05/30	rms
-	   include config.h, since on VMS it renames some symbols.
-	   Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
 
-	This implementation of the PWB library alloca() function,
-	which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-	that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, 
-	was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
 
-	It should work under any C implementation that uses an
-	actual procedure stack (as opposed to a linked list of
-	frames).  There are some preprocessor constants that can
-	be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-	improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
 
-	The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-	track of all alloca()-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-	that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-	invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-	soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
-	As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-	allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-	your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.
-*/
-#ifndef lint
-static char	SCCSid[] = "@(#)alloca.c	1.1";	/* for the "what" utility */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "config.h"
+#include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
 #ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
@@ -45,72 +50,90 @@ lose
 #endif /* static */
 #endif /* emacs */
 
-#ifndef alloca  /* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed.  */
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-typedef void	*pointer;		/* generic pointer type */
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
 #else
-typedef char	*pointer;		/* generic pointer type */
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
 #endif
 
-#define	NULL	0			/* null pointer constant */
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
 
-extern void	free();
-extern pointer	xmalloc();
+#define	NULL	0
 
-/*
-	Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-	growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-	deduced at run-time.
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
 
-	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
-*/
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+#endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
 #ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0		/* direction unknown */
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
 #endif
 
 #if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* known at compile-time */
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else	/* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code */
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
-static int	stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known */
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
 #define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
-find_stack_direction (/* void */)
+find_stack_direction ()
 {
-  static char	*addr = NULL;	/* address of first
-				   `dummy', once known */
-  auto char	dummy;		/* to get stack address */
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
 
   if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* initial entry */
-      addr = &dummy;
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
 
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* recurse once */
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
     }
-  else				/* second entry */
-    if (&dummy > addr)
-      stack_dir = 1;		/* stack grew upward */
-    else
-      stack_dir = -1;		/* stack grew downward */
 }
 
-#endif	/* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
-/*
-	An "alloca header" is used to:
-	(a) chain together all alloca()ed blocks;
-	(b) keep track of stack depth.
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
 
-	It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc()
-	alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.
-*/
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
 #ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
 #define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
@@ -118,77 +141,352 @@ find_stack_direction (/* void */)
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
-  char	align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* to force sizeof(header) */
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
   struct
     {
-      union hdr *next;		/* for chaining headers */
-      char *deep;		/* for stack depth measure */
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
     } h;
 } header;
 
-/*
-	alloca( size ) returns a pointer to at least `size' bytes of
-	storage which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-	the procedure that called alloca().  Originally, this space
-	was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-	caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-	implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.
-*/
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
 
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header */
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)			/* returns pointer to storage */
-     unsigned	size;		/* # bytes to allocate */
+alloca (size)
+     unsigned size;
 {
-  auto char	probe;		/* probes stack depth: */
-  register char	*depth = &probe;
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
 #if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* unknown growth direction */
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
 #endif
 
-				/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca()ed storage that
-				   was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
 
   {
-    register header	*hp;	/* traverses linked list */
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
 	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
 	{
-	  register header	*np = hp->h.next;
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
 
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* collect garbage */
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
 
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header */
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
 	}
       else
-	break;			/* rest are not deeper */
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
 
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage */
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* no allocation required */
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
 
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
 
   {
-    register pointer	new = xmalloc (sizeof (header) + size);
-    /* address of header */
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
 
-    ((header *)new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *)new)->h.deep = depth;
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
 
-    last_alloca_header = (header *)new;
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
 
-    /* User storage begins just after header. */
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
 
-    return (pointer)((char *)new + sizeof(header));
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
   }
 }
 
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY */
+
 #endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -68,8 +68,17 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN ((unsigned char) (c)) \
-		    && isdigit ((unsigned char) (c)))
+#define ISDIGIT_LOCALE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from ISDIGIT_LOCALE, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
+   - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   Posix 1003.2-1992 section 2.5.2.1 page 50 lines 1556-1558 says that
+   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to ISDIGIT_LOCALE unless
+   it's important to use the locale's definition of `digit' even when the
+   host does not conform to Posix.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
 #include <unistd.h>

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

lib/error.c

@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
 /* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
    Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ void exit ();
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
 
+/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
+#include <error.h>
+
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
-#else
+#else	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
@@ -89,7 +92,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 }
 #  define strerror private_strerror
 # endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
-#endif	/* _LIBC */
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
    format string with optional args.

lib/error.h

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
    Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifndef _error_h_
-# define _error_h_
+#ifndef ERROR_H_
+# define ERROR_H_
 
 # ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#endif /* _error_h_ */
+#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */

lib/filemode.c

@@ -198,6 +198,17 @@ ftypelet (bits)
   if (S_ISNWK (bits))
     return 'n';
 #endif
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
   return '?';
 }
 

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,30 +1,38 @@
 /* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+
 
 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
    actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
@@ -37,9 +45,9 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
 
 
-#ifndef errno
+# ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-#endif
+# endif
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
@@ -53,7 +61,7 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
-#define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -197,6 +205,8 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
     return 0;
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+# undef FOLD
 }
 
 #endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -25,40 +25,40 @@
 
 int statfs ();
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
-#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
-#include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H	/* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+# include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H) && !defined(_CRAY)
-#include <sys/filsys.h>		/* SVR2.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H) && !defined (_CRAY)
+# include <sys/filsys.h>	/* SVR2 */
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_DUSTAT_H		/* AIX PS/2.  */
-#include <sys/dustat.h>
+#if HAVE_DUSTAT_H		/* AIX PS/2 */
+# include <sys/dustat.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H	/* SVR4.  */
-#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H		/* SVR4 */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
 int statvfs ();
 #endif
 
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
   if (fromsize <= 0)
     return -1;
 
-  if (fromsize == tosize)	/* E.g., from 512 to 512.  */
+  if (fromsize == tosize)	/* e.g., from 512 to 512 */
     return blocks;
-  else if (fromsize > tosize)	/* E.g., from 2048 to 512.  */
+  else if (fromsize > tosize)	/* e.g., from 2048 to 512 */
     return blocks * (fromsize / tosize);
-  else				/* E.g., from 256 to 512.  */
+  else				/* e.g., from 256 to 512 */
     return (blocks + (blocks < 0 ? -1 : 1)) / (tosize / fromsize);
 }
 
@@ -90,42 +90,56 @@ adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
    the filesystem on which PATH resides.
    DISK is the device on which PATH is mounted, for space-getting
    methods that need to know it.
-   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
-
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  When returning -1, ensure that
+   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
+   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
 get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
      const char *path;
      const char *disk;
      struct fs_usage *fsp;
 {
-#if defined (STAT_STATFS3_OSF1)
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
+
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS3_OSF1 */
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA	/* Ultrix.  */
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA	/* Ultrix */
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), 1024, 512)
+
   struct fs_data fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) != 1)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), 1024, 512)
   fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.btot);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
   fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
   fsp->fsu_files = fsd.fd_req.gtot;
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.fd_req.gfree;
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_READ_FILSYS		/* SVR2.  */
-#ifndef SUPERBOFF
-#define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
-#endif
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA */
+
+#ifdef STAT_READ_FILSYS		/* SVR2 */
+# ifndef SUPERBOFF
+#  define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
+# endif
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) \
+    adjust_blocks ((B), (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512), 512)
+
   struct filsys fsd;
   int fd;
 
+  if (! disk)
+    {
+      errno = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
   fd = open (disk, O_RDONLY);
   if (fd < 0)
     return -1;
@@ -136,21 +150,24 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
       return -1;
     }
   close (fd);
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512), 512)
   fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_fsize);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
   fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
   fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.s_tinode;
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX.  */
+#endif /* STAT_READ_FILSYS */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX */
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
 
-#ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+# ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
   /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
      struct statfs are truncated to 2GB.  These conditions detect that
      truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
@@ -162,20 +179,35 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
       fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
       fsd.f_bavail = fsd.f_spare[2];
     }
-#endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
+# endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
 
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#endif
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE	/* 4.4BSD */
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE	/* 4.4BSD.  */
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_fsize, 512)
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATFS4		/* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX.  */
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATFS4		/* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX */
+# if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
+#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
+#  ifdef _CRAY
+#   define f_bavail f_bfree
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) (B)
+#  ifndef _SEQUENT_		/* _SEQUENT_ is DYNIX/ptx */
+#   ifndef DOLPHIN		/* DOLPHIN 3.8.alfa/7.18 has f_bavail */
+#    define f_bavail f_bfree
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
   struct statfs fsd;
 
   if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
@@ -183,38 +215,31 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
      systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
      no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
-# if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#  ifdef _CRAY
-#   define f_bavail f_bfree
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) (b)
-#  ifndef _SEQUENT_		/* _SEQUENT_ is DYNIX/ptx.  */
-#   ifndef DOLPHIN		/* DOLPHIN 3.8.alfa/7.18 has f_bavail */
-#    define f_bavail f_bfree
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_STATVFS		/* SVR4.  */
+#endif /* STAT_STATFS4 */
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS		/* SVR4 */
+# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) \
+    adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize, 512)
+
   struct statvfs fsd;
 
   if (statvfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
     return -1;
   /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
-#define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) \
-  adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#endif
 
-#if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS) /* !Ultrix && !SVR2.  */
+#endif /* STAT_STATVFS */
+
+#if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS)
+				/* !Ultrix && !SVR2 */
+
   fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_blocks);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bfree);
   fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bavail);
   fsp->fsu_files = fsd.f_files;
   fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.f_ffree;
-#endif
+
+#endif /* not STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && not STAT_READ_FILSYS */
 
   return 0;
 }
@@ -245,4 +270,5 @@ statfs (path, fsb)
   fsb->f_fsid.val[1] = fsd.du_pckno;
   return 0;
 }
+
 #endif /* _AIX && _I386 */

lib/full-write.c

@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
    Copied largely from GNU C's cccp.c.
    */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 

lib/getdate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#if defined (vms)
+# include <types.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#  include <time.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#  else
+#   include <time.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* defined (vms) */
+
+time_t get_date PARAMS ((const char *p, const time_t *now));

lib/getgroups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
+   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
+   process is returned.
+   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others.  */
+
+int
+getgroups (n, group)
+     size_t n;
+     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+{
+  int n_groups;
+  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
+
+#undef getgroups
+
+  if (n != 0)
+    return getgroups (n, group);
+
+  n = 20;
+  gbuf = NULL;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      gbuf = (GETGROUPS_T *) xrealloc (gbuf, n * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
+      n_groups = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (n_groups < n)
+	break;
+      n += 10;
+    }
+
+  free (gbuf);
+
+  return n_groups;
+}

lib/getline.h

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifndef _getline_h_
-# define _getline_h_ 1
+#ifndef GETLINE_H_
+# define GETLINE_H_ 1
 
 # include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #   define PARAMS(args) args
 #  else
 #   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif  /* GCC.  */
-# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 int
 getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
 int
 getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream));
 
-#endif
+#endif /* not GETLINE_H_ */

lib/getopt.c

@@ -3,22 +3,26 @@
    "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
    before changing it!
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -48,18 +52,24 @@
    program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 /* This needs to come after some library #include
    to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
 #include <unistd.h>
-#endif
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef VMS
@@ -69,7 +79,7 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef WIN32
+#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
 /* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
 #include <windows.h>
 #define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
@@ -116,14 +126,20 @@ char *optarg = NULL;
 
    On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
    Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
    how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
 
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 0;
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
+   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
+   know that. */
+
+int __getopt_initialized = 0;
 
 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
    in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -172,7 +188,7 @@ int optopt = '?';
 
    The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
    of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
 
 static enum
 {
@@ -182,7 +198,7 @@ static enum
 /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
 static char *posixly_correct;
 
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
@@ -233,12 +249,31 @@ extern int strlen (const char *);
 static int first_nonopt;
 static int last_nonopt;
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
    indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
 
 static const char *nonoption_flags;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
 
+static int original_argc;
+static char *const *original_argv;
+
+/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
+   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
+   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
+static void store_args (int argc, char *const *argv) __attribute__ ((unused));
+static void
+store_args (int argc, char *const *argv)
+{
+  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+  original_argc = argc;
+  original_argv = argv;
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args);
+#endif
+
 /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
    One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
    which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
@@ -311,10 +346,12 @@ exchange (argv)
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (const char *);
+static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
      const char *optstring;
 {
   /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
@@ -344,7 +381,9 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
   else
     ordering = PERMUTE;
 
-  if (posixly_correct == NULL)
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (posixly_correct == NULL
+      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
     {
       /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each
 	 command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of
@@ -358,6 +397,9 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
       else
 	nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags);
     }
+  else
+    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
 
   return optstring;
 }
@@ -375,7 +417,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
    updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
    resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
 
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
    Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
    that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
    so that those that are not options now come last.)
@@ -429,18 +471,24 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 {
   optarg = NULL;
 
-  if (optind == 0)
+  if (!__getopt_initialized || optind == 0)
     {
-      optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
       optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      __getopt_initialized = 1;
     }
 
   /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
      Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
-     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  */
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
 #define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
 			 && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+#else
+#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
 
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
     {
@@ -498,7 +546,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
 	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
 	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return EOF;
+	  return -1;
 	}
 
       /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
@@ -507,7 +555,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       if (NONOPTION_P)
 	{
 	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return EOF;
+	    return -1;
 	  optarg = argv[optind++];
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -543,22 +591,19 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       const struct option *pfound = NULL;
       int exact = 0;
       int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound;
+      int indfound = -1;
       int option_index;
 
       for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-#ifdef lint		/* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
-      indfound = 0;
-#endif
-
       /* Test all long options for either exact match
 	 or abbreviated matches.  */
       for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
 	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
 	  {
-	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
+		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
 	      {
 		/* Exact match found.  */
 		pfound = p;
@@ -601,16 +646,16 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		    if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		      /* --option */
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			_("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], pfound->name);
-		    else
-		      /* +option or -option */
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			_("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+		    /* --option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], pfound->name);
+		   else
+		    /* +option or -option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 
@@ -626,8 +671,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 		  optopt = pfound->val;
 		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
@@ -694,6 +739,130 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	optopt = c;
 	return '?';
       }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+	char *nameend;
+	const struct option *p;
+	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+	int exact = 0;
+	int ambig = 0;
+	int indfound = 0;
+	int option_index;
+
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	  {
+	    optarg = nextchar;
+	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
+	    optind++;
+	  }
+	else if (optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			 argv[0], c);
+	      }
+	    optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+
+	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+	   table of longopts.  */
+
+	for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+	/* Test all long options for either exact match
+	   or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	  if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	    {
+	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+		{
+		  /* Exact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		  exact = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (pfound == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		ambig = 1;
+	    }
+	if (ambig && !exact)
+	  {
+	    if (opterr)
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    optind++;
+	    return '?';
+	  }
+	if (pfound != NULL)
+	  {
+	    option_index = indfound;
+	    if (*nameend)
+	      {
+		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+		if (pfound->has_arg)
+		  optarg = nameend + 1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], pfound->name);
+
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	      {
+		if (optind < argc)
+		  optarg = argv[optind++];
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (opterr)
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	    if (longind != NULL)
+	      *longind = option_index;
+	    if (pfound->flag)
+	      {
+		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+		return 0;
+	      }
+	    return pfound->val;
+	  }
+	  nextchar = NULL;
+	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
     if (temp[1] == ':')
       {
 	if (temp[2] == ':')
@@ -724,8 +893,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			     argv[0], c);
+			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')
@@ -756,7 +925,7 @@ getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
 			   0);
 }
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
 
 #ifdef TEST
 
@@ -776,7 +945,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
       int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
 
       c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == EOF)
+      if (c == -1)
 	break;
 
       switch (c)

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,19 +1,23 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
 #define _GETOPT_H 1
@@ -36,7 +40,7 @@ extern char *optarg;
 
    On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
 
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
    non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
 
    Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,20 +1,23 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -40,15 +43,21 @@
    program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 /* This needs to come after some library #include
    to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef	NULL
@@ -83,7 +92,7 @@ getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
 }
 
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
 
 #ifdef TEST
 
@@ -114,7 +123,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
       c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
 		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == EOF)
+      if (c == -1)
 	break;
 
       switch (c)

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ readname (name, size, stream)
   /* Skip blank space.  */
   while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && isspace (c))
     /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  
+
   while (c != EOF && !isspace (c))
     {
       (*name)[name_index++] = c;

lib/getversion.c

@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include "backupfile.h"
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 

lib/group-member.c

@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ group_member (gid)
 	  break;
 	}
     }
-  
+
   free_group_info (gi);
 
   return found;

lib/group-member.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-#ifndef _group_member_h_
-# define _group_member_h_ 1
+#ifndef GROUP_MEMBER_H_
+# define GROUP_MEMBER_H_ 1
 
 int
   group_member ();
 
-#endif /* _group_member_h_ */
+#endif /* GROUP_MEMBER_H_ */

lib/interlock

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# interlock - wrap program invocation in lock to allow
+#             parallel builds to work.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 10 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Usage:
+#   interlock lock-dir-name program args-to-program...
+
+dirname="$1"
+program="$2"
+
+shift
+shift
+
+while (mkdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1 && exit 1 || exit 0); do
+   # Wait a bit.
+   sleep 1
+done
+
+# Race condition here: if interrupted after the loop but before this
+# trap, the lock can be left around.
+trap "rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
+
+# We have the lock, so run the program.
+$program ${1+"$@"}
+ret=$?
+
+# Release the lock.
+rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+exit $ret

lib/linebuffer.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* A `struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */
 
@@ -24,20 +24,21 @@ struct linebuffer
   char *buffer;
 };
 
-#undef __P
+#undef PARAMS
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#define	__P(x) x
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #else
-#define	__P(x) ()
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
-void initbuffer __P ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
+void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
    Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
    Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
-struct linebuffer *readline __P ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream));
+struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
+				     FILE *stream));
 
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
-void freebuffer __P ((struct linebuffer *));
+void freebuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *));

lib/long-options.c

@@ -36,19 +36,18 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
    Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
 
 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
+parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
      int argc;
      char **argv;
      const char *command_name;
-     const char *version_string;
+     const char *package;
+     const char *version;
      void (*usage)();
 {
   int c;
   int saved_opterr;
-  int saved_optind;
 
   saved_opterr = opterr;
-  saved_optind = optind;
 
   /* Don't print an error message for unrecognized options.  */
   opterr = 0;
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
 	  (*usage) (0);
 
 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s - %s\n", command_name, version_string);
+	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
 	  exit (0);
 
 	default:
@@ -74,6 +73,7 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, version_string, usage)
   /* Restore previous value.  */
   opterr = saved_opterr;
 
-  /* Restore optind in case it has advanced past a leading `--'.  */
-  optind = saved_optind;
+  /* Reset this to zero so that getopt internals get initialized from
+     the probably-new parameters when/if getopt is called later.  */
+  optind = 0;
 }

lib/long-options.h

@@ -1,10 +1,31 @@
-#undef __P
+/* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#undef PARAMS
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#define __P(args) args
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #else
-#define __P(args) ()
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 void
-  parse_long_options __P ((int _argc, char **_argv, const char *_command_name,
-			   const char *_version_string, void (*_usage) (int)));
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+			      const char *_command_name,
+			      const char *_package,
+			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));

lib/makepath.c

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 
 #if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)

lib/makepath.h

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-#if __STDC__
 # undef __P
-# define __P(args) args
+#if __STDC__
+# define __P(Args) Args
 #else
-# define __P(args) ()
+# define __P(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 int

lib/md5.c

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 /* md5.c - Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks
    according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -16,7 +18,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -24,7 +26,7 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#if STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
 # include <stdlib.h>
 # include <string.h>
 #else
@@ -35,6 +37,13 @@
 
 #include "md5.h"
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
 # define SWAP(n)							\
     (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
@@ -58,10 +67,16 @@ md5_init_ctx (ctx)
   ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
   ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
   ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
 }
 
-/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result must
-   be in little endian byte order.  */
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
 void *
 md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
      const struct md5_ctx *ctx;
@@ -75,6 +90,39 @@ md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
   return resbuf;
 }
 
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+md5_finish_ctx (ctx, resbuf)
+     struct md5_ctx *ctx;
+     void *resbuf;
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t pad;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
+  memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
+							(ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
+
+  return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
    resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
    beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
@@ -86,16 +134,12 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
   /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64.  */
 #define BLOCKSIZE 4096
   struct md5_ctx ctx;
-  md5_uint32 len[2];
   char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
-  size_t pad, sum;
+  size_t sum;
 
   /* Initialize the computation context.  */
   md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
 
-  len[0] = 0;
-  len[1] = 0;
-
   /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
   while (1)
     {
@@ -108,7 +152,7 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
       do
 	{
-	  n = fread (buffer, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+	  n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
 
 	  sum += n;
 	}
@@ -116,13 +160,6 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
         return 1;
 
-      /* RFC 1321 specifies the possible length of the file up to 2^64 bits.
-	 Here we only compute the number of bytes.  Do a double word
-         increment.  */
-      len[0] += sum;
-      if (len[0] < sum)
-	++len[1];
-
       /* If end of file is reached, end the loop.  */
       if (n == 0)
 	break;
@@ -133,27 +170,12 @@ md5_stream (stream, resblock)
       md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
     }
 
-  /* We can copy 64 byte because the buffer is always big enough.  FILLBUF
-     contains the needed bits.  */
-  memcpy (&buffer[sum], fillbuf, 64);
-
-  /* Compute amount of padding bytes needed.  Alignment is done to
-		(N + PAD) % 64 == 56
-     There is always at least one byte padded.  I.e. even the alignment
-     is correctly aligned 64 padding bytes are added.  */
-  pad = sum & 63;
-  pad = pad >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - pad : 56 - pad;
-
-  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &buffer[sum + pad] = SWAP (len[0] << 3);
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &buffer[sum + pad + 4] = SWAP ((len[1] << 3)
-						 | (len[0] >> 29));
-
-  /* Process last bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (buffer, sum + pad + 8, &ctx);
+  /* Add the last bytes if necessary.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
 
   /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
-  md5_read_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -168,37 +190,61 @@ md5_buffer (buffer, len, resblock)
      void *resblock;
 {
   struct md5_ctx ctx;
-  char restbuf[64 + 72];
-  size_t blocks = len & ~63;
-  size_t pad, rest;
 
   /* Initialize the computation context.  */
   md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
 
   /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (buffer, blocks, &ctx);
-
-  /* REST bytes are not processed yet.  */
-  rest = len - blocks;
-  /* Copy to own buffer.  */
-  memcpy (restbuf, &buffer[blocks], rest);
-  /* Append needed fill bytes at end of buffer.  We can copy 64 byte
-     because the buffer is always big enough.  */
-  memcpy (&restbuf[rest], fillbuf, 64);
-
-  /* PAD bytes are used for padding to correct alignment.  Note that
-     always at least one byte is padded.  */
-  pad = rest >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - rest : 56 - rest;
-
-  /* Put length of buffer in *bits* in last eight bytes.  */
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &restbuf[rest + pad] = (md5_uint32) SWAP (len << 3);
-  *(md5_uint32 *) &restbuf[rest + pad + 4] = (md5_uint32) SWAP (len >> 29);
-
-  /* Process last bytes.  */
-  md5_process_block (restbuf, rest + pad + 8, &ctx);
+  md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
 
   /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
-  return md5_read_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+
+void
+md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, ctx)
+     const void *buffer;
+     size_t len;
+     struct md5_ctx *ctx;
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (left_over + add > 64)
+	{
+	  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
+	  /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap.  */
+	  memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+		  (left_over + add) & 63);
+	  ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
+	}
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len > 64)
+    {
+      md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+      len &= 63;
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
+      ctx->buflen = len;
+    }
 }
 
 
@@ -229,6 +275,13 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
   md5_uint32 C = ctx->C;
   md5_uint32 D = ctx->D;
 
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += len;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
   /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
      the loop.  */
   while (words < endp)

lib/md5.h

@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 /* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum
    computing library functions.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _MD5_H
-#define _MD5_H
+#define _MD5_H 1
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -32,33 +34,38 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
    the resulting executable.  Locally running cross-compiled executables
    is usually not possible.  */
 
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <sys/types.h>
+typedef u_int32_t md5_uint32;
 #else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+# else
+#  define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+# endif
 
 /* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
    This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
    that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
    (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
 
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
+# ifndef UINT_MAX
+#  define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+# endif
 
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-  typedef unsigned int md5_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-   typedef unsigned short md5_uint32;
+# if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+   typedef unsigned int md5_uint32;
 # else
-#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-    typedef unsigned long md5_uint32;
+#  if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+    typedef unsigned short md5_uint32;
 #  else
-    /* The following line is intended to evoke an error.
-       Using #error is not portable enough.  */
-    "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#   if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+     typedef unsigned long md5_uint32;
+#   else
+     /* The following line is intended to evoke an error.
+        Using #error is not portable enough.  */
+     "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -77,6 +84,10 @@ struct md5_ctx
   md5_uint32 B;
   md5_uint32 C;
   md5_uint32 D;
+
+  md5_uint32 total[2];
+  md5_uint32 buflen;
+  char buffer[128];
 };
 
 /*
@@ -86,30 +97,50 @@ struct md5_ctx
 
 /* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
    (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
-void md5_init_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+extern void md5_init_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx));
 
 /* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
-   initialzation function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
    starting at BUFFER.
    It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
-void md5_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
-			     struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+extern void md5_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void md5_process_bytes __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct md5_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *md5_finish_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
 
 /* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
    always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
-   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
-void *md5_read_ctx __P ((const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *md5_read_ctx __P ((const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
 
 
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
    resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
    beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
-int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
+extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
 
 /* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
    result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
    output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
    digest.  */
-void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
+extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
 #endif

lib/memcasecmp.h

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-#undef __P
+#undef PARAMS
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define __P(args) args
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #else
-# define __P(args) ()
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #endif
 
 int
-  memcasecmp __P((const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n));
+  memcasecmp PARAMS ((const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n));

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
 
 NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
@@ -364,3 +364,10 @@ memcmp (s1, s2, len)
 
   return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+#undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif
+
+

lib/memcpy.c

@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@
    if the source overlaps with the destination.
    Return DESTADDR. */
 
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 char *
 memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
      char *destaddr;

lib/memmove.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
    In the public domain.
    By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 

lib/mkdir.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* mkdir.c -- BSD compatible make directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
-Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
    mktime.  */

lib/modechange.c

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ char *malloc ();
 
 #if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)

lib/modechange.h

@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ struct mode_change
 
 #ifndef __P
 # if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
+#  define __P(Args) Args
 # else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+#  define __P(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
 
 struct mode_change *mode_compile __P ((const char *, unsigned));
 unsigned short mode_adjust __P ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -134,10 +134,6 @@ fstype_to_string (t)
 {
   switch (t)
     {
-    case MOUNT_UFS:
-      return "ufs";
-    case MOUNT_NFS:
-      return "nfs";
 #ifdef MOUNT_PC
     case MOUNT_PC:
       return "pc";
@@ -157,6 +153,70 @@ fstype_to_string (t)
 #ifdef MOUNT_TMP
     case MOUNT_TMP:
       return "tmp";
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+   case MOUNT_UFS:
+     return "ufs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+   case MOUNT_NFS:
+     return "nfs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+   case MOUNT_MSDOS:
+     return "msdos" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+   case MOUNT_LFS:
+     return "lfs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+   case MOUNT_LOFS:
+     return "lofs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+   case MOUNT_FDESC:
+     return "fdesc" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+   case MOUNT_PORTAL:
+     return "portal" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+   case MOUNT_NULL:
+     return "null" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+   case MOUNT_UMAP:
+     return "umap" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+   case MOUNT_KERNFS:
+     return "kernfs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+   case MOUNT_PROCFS:
+     return "procfs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+   case MOUNT_AFS:
+     return "afs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+   case MOUNT_CD9660:
+     return "cd9660" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+   case MOUNT_UNION:
+     return "union" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+   case MOUNT_DEVFS:
+     return "devfs" ;
+#endif
+#ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+   case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
+     return "ext2fs" ;
 #endif
     default:
       return "?";
@@ -204,7 +264,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     struct tabmntent *mntlist, *p;
     struct mntent *mnt;
     struct mount_entry *me;
-    
+
     /* the third and fourth arguments could be used to filter mounts,
        but Crays doesn't seem to have any mounts that we want to
        remove. Specifically, automount create normal NFS mounts.

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
 
 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,23 +12,35 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include "obstack.h"
 
-/* This is just to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#include <stdio.h>
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
 
 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
    and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
    (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
@@ -69,14 +81,14 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
 #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
   (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
    ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
-   : (*(h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
 
 #define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
   do { \
     if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
       (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
     else \
-      (*(h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
   } while (0)
 
 
@@ -482,4 +494,4 @@ POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
 
 #endif /* 0 */
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
 
 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Summary:
 
@@ -102,11 +102,16 @@ Summary:
 
 #ifndef __OBSTACK_H__
 #define __OBSTACK_H__
-
+
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
+#endif
+
+
 /* We use subtraction of (char *)0 instead of casting to int
    because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
    may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
@@ -136,21 +141,18 @@ Summary:
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_PTRDIFF_T
+# define ptrdiff_t off_t
+#endif
+
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
 #else
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE long
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS
-# include <string.h>
-# ifndef bcopy
-#  define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
-# endif
-#else /* HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS */
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif   /* not (HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS) */
-
 struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 {
   char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
@@ -167,9 +169,18 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
   char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
   PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
   int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;             /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
   struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
   void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
   char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
   unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
   unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
 				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
@@ -184,9 +195,10 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
 extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
 extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			    void *(*) (), void (*) ());
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			      void *(*) (), void (*) (), void *);
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
 #else
 extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
 extern void _obstack_free ();
@@ -255,6 +267,34 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 #define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
 
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+#define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
 #define obstack_init(h) \
   _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
 		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
@@ -277,11 +317,13 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
   ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
 
+#endif
+
 #define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
 
 #define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
 
-#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__)
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
    does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
    __GNUC_MINOR__.  */

lib/posixtm.y

@@ -67,9 +67,56 @@ static struct tm t;
 
 time_t mktime ();
 
-#define yyparse posixtime_yyparse
+/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
+   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
+   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
+   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
+   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
+   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
+   names to this list. */
+
+#define yymaxdepth pt_maxdepth
+#define yyparse pt_parse
+#define yylex   pt_lex
+#define yyerror pt_error
+#define yylval  pt_lval
+#define yychar  pt_char
+#define yydebug pt_debug
+#define yypact  pt_pact
+#define yyr1    pt_r1
+#define yyr2    pt_r2
+#define yydef   pt_def
+#define yychk   pt_chk
+#define yypgo   pt_pgo
+#define yyact   pt_act
+#define yyexca  pt_exca
+#define yyerrflag pt_errflag
+#define yynerrs pt_nerrs
+#define yyps    pt_ps
+#define yypv    pt_pv
+#define yys     pt_s
+#define yy_yys  pt_yys
+#define yystate pt_state
+#define yytmp   pt_tmp
+#define yyv     pt_v
+#define yy_yyv  pt_yyv
+#define yyval   pt_val
+#define yylloc  pt_lloc
+#define yyreds  pt_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yytoks  pt_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
+#define yylhs   pt_yylhs
+#define yylen   pt_yylen
+#define yydefred pt_yydefred
+#define yydgoto pt_yydgoto
+#define yysindex pt_yysindex
+#define yyrindex pt_yyrindex
+#define yygindex pt_yygindex
+#define yytable  pt_yytable
+#define yycheck  pt_yycheck
+
 static int yylex ();
 static int yyerror ();
+
 %}
 
 %token DIGIT

lib/rename.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* rename.c -- BSD compatible directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible rename and directory rename function for System V.
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* Rename file FROM to file TO.
@@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ rename (from, to)
         return -1;
     }
 
+#ifdef MVDIR
+
+/* If MVDIR is defined, it should be the full filename of a setuid root
+   program able to link and unlink directories.  If MVDIR is not defined,
+   then the capability of renaming directories may be missing.  */
+
   if (S_ISDIR (from_stats.st_mode))
     {
       /* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
@@ -90,6 +96,9 @@ rename (from, to)
 	}
     }
   else
+
+#endif /* MVDIR */
+
     {
       if (link (from, to))
 	return -1;

lib/rmdir.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* rmdir.c -- BSD compatible remove directory function for System V
+/* BSD compatible remove directory function for System V
    Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* rmdir adapted from GNU tar.  */

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -30,7 +30,11 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <regex.h>
+#ifdef WITH_REGEX
+# include <regex.h>
+#else
+# include <rx.h>
+#endif
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>

lib/safe-read.c

@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
    */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
     Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 /* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -24,14 +25,18 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
 # define HAVE_MBLEN 1
 # define HAVE_MBRLEN 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY 1
 # define HAVE_TM_GMTOFF 1
 # define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
+# define HAVE_TZNAME 1
+# define HAVE_TZSET 1
 # define MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE 1
 # define STDC_HEADERS 1
 # include <ansidecl.h>
 # include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
 #endif
 
+#include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
 
 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
@@ -44,6 +49,9 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #  include <time.h>
 # endif
 #endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+extern char *tzname[];
+#endif
 
 /* Do multibyte processing if multibytes are supported, unless
    multibyte sequences are safe in formats.  Multibyte sequences are
@@ -74,27 +82,31 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 # include <stdlib.h>
 # include <string.h>
 #else
-# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy (s, d, n)
+# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
 #endif
 
 #ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
 #endif  /* Not __P.  */
 
 #ifndef PTR
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#define PTR void *
-#else
-#define PTR char *
-#endif
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define PTR void *
+# else
+#  define PTR char *
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
 #endif
 
 #define TYPE_SIGNED(t) ((t) -1 < 0)
@@ -112,7 +124,7 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #ifndef __isleap
 /* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
    except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
-#define __isleap(year)	\
+# define __isleap(year)	\
   ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
 #endif
 
@@ -120,11 +132,14 @@ Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define gmtime_r __gmtime_r
 # define localtime_r __localtime_r
+extern int __tz_compute __P ((time_t timer, const struct tm *tm));
+# define tzname __tzname
+# define tzset __tzset
 #else
 # if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
 #  if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 /* Approximate gmtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
+#  define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
 static struct tm *gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 gmtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -140,7 +155,7 @@ gmtime_r (t, tp)
 #  endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
 
 /* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define localtime_r my_localtime_r
+#  define localtime_r my_localtime_r
 static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 localtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -157,20 +172,95 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
 #endif /* ! defined (_LIBC) */
 
 
-#define	add(n, f)							      \
+#if !defined (memset) && !defined (HAVE_MEMSET) && !defined (_LIBC)
+/* Some systems lack the `memset' function and we don't want to
+   introduce additional dependencies.  */
+static const char spaces[16] = "                ";
+
+# define memset_space(P, Len) \
+  do {									      \
+    int _len = (Len);							      \
+    									      \
+    do									      \
+      {									      \
+	int _this = _len > 16 ? 16 : _len;				      \
+	memcpy ((P), spaces, _this);					      \
+	(P) += _this;							      \
+	_len -= _this;							      \
+      }									      \
+    while (_len > 0);							      \
+  } while (0)
+#else
+# define memset_space(P, Len) memset ((P), ' ', (Len))
+#endif
+
+#define	add(n, f) \
   do									      \
     {									      \
-      i += (n);								      \
-      if (i >= maxsize)							      \
+      int _n = (n);							      \
+      int _delta = width - _n;						      \
+      int _incr = _n + (_delta > 0 ? _delta : 0);			      \
+      if (i + _incr >= maxsize)						      \
 	return 0;							      \
-      else								      \
-	if (p)								      \
-	  {								      \
-	    f;								      \
-	    p += (n);							      \
-	  }								      \
+      if (p)								      \
+	{								      \
+	  if (_delta > 0)						      \
+	    memset_space (p, _delta);					      \
+	  f;								      \
+	  p += _n;							      \
+	}								      \
+      i += _incr;							      \
     } while (0)
-#define	cpy(n, s)	add ((n), memcpy((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), (n)))
+
+#define	cpy(n, s) \
+    add ((n),								      \
+	 if (to_lowcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
+	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
+	 else								      \
+	   memcpy ((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), _n))
+
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) toupper (Ch)
+# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
+#else
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) (islower (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+#endif
+/* We don't use `isdigit' here since the locale dependent
+   interpretation is not what we want here.  We only need to accept
+   the arabic digits in the ASCII range.  One day there is perhaps a
+   more reliable way to accept other sets of digits.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(Ch) ((unsigned int) (Ch) - '0' <= 9)
+
+static char *memcpy_lowcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
+
+static char *
+memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOLOWER (src[len]);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+static char *memcpy_uppcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
+
+static char *
+memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOUPPER (src[len]);
+  return dest;
+}
 
 #if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 /* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
@@ -181,14 +271,17 @@ tm_diff (a, b)
      const struct tm *a;
      const struct tm *b;
 {
-  int ay = a->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE - 1;
-  int by = b->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE - 1;
-  /* Divide years by 100, rounding towards minus infinity.  */
-  int ac = ay / 100 - (ay % 100 < 0);
-  int bc = by / 100 - (by % 100 < 0);
-  int intervening_leap_days =
-    ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2)) - (ac - bc) + ((ac >> 2) - (bc >> 2));
-  int years = ay - by;
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = (a->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = (b->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
   int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
 	      + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
   return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
@@ -236,6 +329,31 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =
   };
 #endif
 
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TZNAME && HAVE_TZSET
+  /* Solaris 2.5 tzset sometimes modifies the storage returned by localtime.
+     Work around this bug by copying *tp before it might be munged.  */
+  size_t _strftime_copytm __P ((char *, size_t, const char *,
+			        const struct tm *));
+  size_t
+  strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+      char *s;
+      size_t maxsize;
+      const char *format;
+      const struct tm *tp;
+  {
+    struct tm tmcopy;
+    tmcopy = *tp;
+    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy);
+  }
+# ifdef strftime
+#  undef strftime
+# endif
+# define strftime _strftime_copytm
+#endif
+
+
+
 /* Write information from TP into S according to the format
    string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
    (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
@@ -247,7 +365,7 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
       char *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const char *format;
-      register const struct tm *tp;
+      const struct tm *tp;
 {
   int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
@@ -257,12 +375,9 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
   const char *const f_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
   const char *const ampm = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
 					hour12 > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR);
-  size_t aw_len = strlen(a_wkday);
-  size_t am_len = strlen(a_month);
+  size_t aw_len = strlen (a_wkday);
+  size_t am_len = strlen (a_month);
   size_t ap_len = strlen (ampm);
-
-  const char *alt_digits = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ALT_DIGITS);
-  const char *end_alt_digits = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ALT_DIGITS + 1);
 #else
   const char *const f_wkday = weekday_name[tp->tm_wday];
   const char *const f_month = month_name[tp->tm_mon];
@@ -277,15 +392,30 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
   size_t month_len = strlen (f_month);
   const char *zone;
   size_t zonelen;
-  register size_t i = 0;
-  register char *p = s;
-  register const char *f;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  char *p = s;
+  const char *f;
 
-  zone = 0;
-#if HAVE_TM_ZONE
+  zone = NULL;
+#if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TM_ZONE
+  /* XXX We have some problems here.  First, the string pointed to by
+     tm_zone is dynamically allocated while loading the zone data.  But
+     when another zone is loaded since the information in TP were
+     computed this would be a stale pointer.
+     The second problem is the POSIX test suite which assumes setting
+     the environment variable TZ to a new value before calling strftime()
+     will influence the result (the %Z format) even if the information in
+     TP is computed with a totally different time zone.  --drepper@gnu  */
   zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
 #endif
 #if HAVE_TZNAME
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+# if HAVE_TZSET
+  tzset ();
+# endif
+
   if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
     zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
 #endif
@@ -311,6 +441,9 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
       char buf[1 + (sizeof (int) < sizeof (time_t)
 		    ? INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t)
 		    : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))];
+      int width = -1;
+      int to_lowcase = 0;
+      int to_uppcase = 0;
 
 #if DO_MULTIBYTE
 
@@ -385,20 +518,43 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 
 #endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
 
-      /* Check for flags that can modify a number format.  */
-      ++f;
-      switch (*f)
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
+      pad = 0;
+      while (1)
 	{
-	case '_':
-	case '-':
-	  pad = *f++;
-	  break;
+	  switch (*++f)
+	    {
+	      /* This influences the number formats.  */
+	    case '_':
+	    case '-':
+	    case '0':
+	      pad = *f;
+	      continue;
 
-	default:
-	  pad = 0;
+	      /* This changes textual output.  */
+	    case '^':
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      continue;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
 	  break;
 	}
 
+      /* As a GNU extension we allow to specify the field width.  */
+      if (ISDIGIT (*f))
+	{
+	  width = 0;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      width *= 10;
+	      width += *f - '0';
+	      ++f;
+	    }
+	  while (ISDIGIT (*f));
+	}
+
       /* Check for modifiers.  */
       switch (*f)
 	{
@@ -420,9 +576,6 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 #define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(d, v) \
 	  digits = d; number_value = v; goto do_number_spacepad
 
-	case '\0':		/* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
-	    --f;
-	    /* Fall through.  */
 	case '%':
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
@@ -462,23 +615,40 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		 && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_D_T_FMT)) != '\0'))
 	    subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, D_T_FMT);
 #else
-	  subfmt = "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y";
+	  subfmt = "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y";
 #endif
 
 	subformat:
 	  {
-	    size_t len = strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
+	    char *old_start = p;
+	    size_t len = strftime (NULL, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
 	    if (len == 0 && *subfmt)
 	      return 0;
-	    add (len, ;);
+	    add (len, strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
+
+	    if (to_uppcase)
+	      while (old_start < p)
+		{
+		  *old_start = TOUPPER (*old_start);
+		  ++old_start;
+		}
 	  }
 	  break;
 
 	case 'C':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier == 'O')
 	    goto bad_format;
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  /* XXX %EC is not implemented yet.  */
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  size_t len = strlen (era->name_fmt);
+		  cpy (len, era->name_fmt);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
 #endif
 	  {
 	    int year = tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
@@ -517,26 +687,21 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	     jump to one of these two labels.  */
 
 	do_number_spacepad:
-	  /* Force `_' flag.  */
-	  pad = '_';
+	  /* Force `_' flag unless overwritten by `0' flag.  */
+	  if (pad != '0')
+	    pad = '_';
 
 	do_number:
 	  /* Format the number according to the MODIFIER flag.  */
 
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (modifier == 'O')
+	  if (modifier == 'O' && 0 <= number_value)
 	    {
-	      /* ALT_DIGITS is the first entry in an array with
-		 alternative digit symbols.  We have to find string
-		 number NUMBER_VALUE, but must not look beyond
-		 END_ALT_DIGITS.  */
-	      int run = number_value;
-	      const char *cp = alt_digits;
+	      /* Get the locale specific alternate representation of
+		 the number NUMBER_VALUE.  If none exist NULL is returned.  */
+	      const char *cp = _nl_get_alt_digit (number_value);
 
-	      while (run > 0 && cp < end_alt_digits)
-		cp = strchr (cp, '\0') + 1;
-
-	      if (cp < end_alt_digits)
+	      if (cp != NULL)
 		{
 		  size_t digitlen = strlen (cp);
 		  if (digitlen != 0)
@@ -634,6 +799,10 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  add (1, *p = '\n');
 	  break;
 
+	case 'P':
+	  to_lowcase = 1;
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
 	case 'p':
 	  cpy (ap_len, ampm);
 	  break;
@@ -644,22 +813,24 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 
 	case 'r':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT_AMPM);
-#else
-	  subfmt = "%I:%M:%S %p";
+	  if (*(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT_AMPM)) == '\0')
 #endif
+	    subfmt = "%I:%M:%S %p";
 	  goto subformat;
 
 	case 'S':
 	  if (modifier == 'E')
-	    return 0;
+	    goto bad_format;
 
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
 
 	case 's':		/* GNU extension.  */
   	  {
-	    struct tm ltm = *tp;
-	    time_t t = mktime (&ltm);
+	    struct tm ltm;
+	    time_t t;
+
+	    ltm = *tp;
+	    t = mktime (&ltm);
 
 	    /* Generate string value for T using time_t arithmetic;
 	       this works even if sizeof (long) < sizeof (time_t).  */
@@ -773,10 +944,16 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_wday);
 
 	case 'Y':
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (modifier == 'E'
-	      && *(subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ERA_YEAR)) != '\0')
-	    goto subformat;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  subfmt = strchr (era->name_fmt, '\0') + 1;
+		  goto subformat;
+		}
+	    }
 #endif
 	  if (modifier == 'O')
 	    goto bad_format;
@@ -784,13 +961,22 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE);
 
 	case 'y':
-#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  /* XXX %Ey is not implemented yet.  */
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  int delta = tp->tm_year - era->start_date[0];
+		  DO_NUMBER (1, (era->offset
+				 + (era->direction == '-' ? -delta : delta)));
+		}
+	    }
 #endif
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_year % 100 + 100) % 100);
 
 	case 'Z':
-	  cpy(zonelen, zone);
+	  cpy (zonelen, zone);
 	  break;
 
 	case 'z':		/* GNU extension.  */
@@ -803,8 +989,11 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
 #else
 	    struct tm gtm;
-	    struct tm ltm = *tp;
-	    time_t lt = mktime (&ltm);
+	    struct tm ltm;
+	    time_t lt;
+
+	    ltm = *tp;
+	    lt = mktime (&ltm);
 
 	    if (lt == (time_t) -1)
 	      {
@@ -841,6 +1030,9 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    DO_NUMBER (4, (diff / 60) * 100 + diff % 60);
 	  }
 
+	case '\0':		/* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
+	    --f;
+	    /* Fall through.  */
 	default:
 	  /* Unknown format; output the format, including the '%',
 	     since this is most likely the right thing to do if a
@@ -848,7 +1040,7 @@ strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	bad_format:
 	  {
 	    int flen;
-	    for (flen = 2; f[1 - flen] != '%'; flen++)
+	    for (flen = 1; f[1 - flen] != '%'; flen++)
 	      continue;
 	    cpy (flen, &f[1 - flen]);
 	  }

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 

lib/strtod.c

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -26,21 +26,21 @@ extern int errno;
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <math.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FLOAT_H
-#include <float.h>
+#if HAVE_FLOAT_H
+# include <float.h>
 #else
-#define DBL_MAX 1.7976931348623159e+308
-#define DBL_MIN 2.2250738585072010e-308
+# define DBL_MAX 1.7976931348623159e+308
+# define DBL_MIN 2.2250738585072010e-308
 #endif
 
 #if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#define NULL 0
-#ifndef HUGE_VAL
-#define HUGE_VAL HUGE
-#endif
+# define NULL 0
+# ifndef HUGE_VAL
+#  define HUGE_VAL HUGE
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* Convert NPTR to a double.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the

lib/strtol.c

@@ -1,24 +1,23 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* strtol - Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -33,6 +32,9 @@ USA.  */
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
 # include <limits.h>
@@ -41,6 +43,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stddef.h>
 # include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
 # ifndef NULL
 #  define NULL 0
@@ -108,40 +111,38 @@ extern int errno;
 #else
 # define LONG long
 
-# ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
-# endif
-# ifndef LONG_MAX
-#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
-# endif
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+# define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+#endif
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+#endif
 #endif
 
 #ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
 # include <wchar.h>
 # include <wctype.h>
-# define L_(ch) L##ch
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
 # define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
 # define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
-# define ISSPACE(ch) iswspace (ch)
-# define ISALPHA(ch) iswalpha (ch)
-# define TOUPPER(ch) towupper (ch)
+# define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+# define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
 #else
-# define L_(ch) ch
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
 # define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
 # define STRING_TYPE char
-# define ISSPACE(ch) isspace (ch)
-# define ISALPHA(ch) isalpha (ch)
-# define TOUPPER(ch) toupper (ch)
+# define ISSPACE(Ch) isspace (Ch)
+# define ISALPHA(Ch) isalpha (Ch)
+# define TOUPPER(Ch) toupper (Ch)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __STDC__
-# define INTERNAL(x) INTERNAL1(x)
-# define INTERNAL1(x) __##x##_internal
-# define WEAKNAME(x) WEAKNAME1(x)
-# define WEAKNAME1(x) __##x
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
 #else
-# define INTERNAL(x) __/**/x/**/_internal
-# define WEAKNAME(x) __/**/x
+# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
 #endif
 
 #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
@@ -251,8 +252,9 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
       /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
       end = s;
       for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
-	if (c != thousands && (c < L_('0') || c > L_('9'))
-	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10 >= base))
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
 	  break;
       if (*s == thousands)
 	end = s;
@@ -278,7 +280,7 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
       else
 	break;
-      if (c >= base)
+      if ((int) c >= base)
 	break;
       /* Check for overflow.  */
       if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
@@ -311,7 +313,7 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 
   if (overflow)
     {
-      errno = ERANGE;
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
 #if UNSIGNED
       return ULONG_MAX;
 #else
@@ -324,7 +326,7 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 
 noconv:
   /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
-     first two characters and '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
      hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
      ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
   if (endptr != NULL)
@@ -340,19 +342,23 @@ noconv:
 
 /* External user entry point.  */
 
-#undef __P
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define __P(args) args
-#else
-# define __P(args) ()
-#endif
+#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 
 /* Prototype.  */
-INT strtol __P ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
-			    int base));
+INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
+#endif
 
 
 INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
 strtol (nptr, endptr, base)
      const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
      STRING_TYPE **endptr;

lib/xgetcwd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
-   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,14 +26,15 @@
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include "pathmax.h"
 
-#ifndef HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-#else
+#if HAVE_GETCWD
 char *getcwd ();
+#else
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(Buf, Max) getwd (Buf)
 #endif
 
 /* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */

lib/xgethostname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xgethostname.c -- return current hostname with unlimited length
-   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by Jim Meyering, meyering@comco.com */
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -23,12 +23,23 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
 int gethostname ();
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xrealloc ();
 
 #ifndef INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH
-# define INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH 33
+# define INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH 34
 #endif
 
 char *
@@ -42,10 +53,20 @@ xgethostname ()
   hostname = xmalloc (size);
   while (1)
     {
-      hostname[size - 1] = '\0';
+      /* Use size - 2 here rather than size - 1 to work around the bug
+	 in SunOS5.5's gethostname whereby it NUL-terminates HOSTNAME
+	 even when the name is longer than the supplied buffer.  */
+      int k = size - 2;
+
+      errno = 0;
+      hostname[k] = '\0';
       err = gethostname (hostname, size);
-      if (err == 0 && hostname[size - 1] == '\0')
+      if (err == 0 && hostname[k] == '\0')
 	break;
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+      else if (err != 0 && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "gethostname");
+#endif
       size *= 2;
       hostname = xrealloc (hostname, size);
     }

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -30,23 +30,35 @@
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
+VOID *calloc ();
 VOID *malloc ();
 VOID *realloc ();
 void free ();
 #endif
 
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages.  */
-#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
 #else
-# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+# define textdomain(Domain)
+# define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 
+#include "error.h"
+
 #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif
 
+/* Prototypes for functions defined here.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static VOID *fixup_null_alloc (size_t n);
+VOID *xmalloc (size_t n);
+VOID *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+VOID *xrealloc (VOID *p, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+
 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
    The caller may set it to some other value.  */
 int xmalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
@@ -67,7 +79,7 @@ fixup_null_alloc (n)
   if (n == 0)
     p = malloc ((size_t) 1);
   if (p == 0)
-    error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, gettext ("Memory exhausted"));
+    error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, _("Memory exhausted"));
   return p;
 }
 
@@ -85,6 +97,20 @@ xmalloc (n)
   return p;
 }
 
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
+
+VOID *
+xcalloc (n, s)
+     size_t n, s;
+{
+  VOID *p;
+
+  p = calloc (n, s);
+  if (p == 0)
+    p = fixup_null_alloc (n);
+  return p;
+}
+
 /* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
    with error checking.
    If P is NULL, run xmalloc.  */

lib/xstrdup.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,16 +15,22 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+char *xmalloc (size_t);
+char *xstrdup (char *string);
+#else
 char *xmalloc ();
+#endif
 
 /* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING.  */
 

lib/xstrtod.h

@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 #ifndef XSTRTOD_H
 # define XSTRTOD_H 1
 
-# ifndef __P
-#  if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#   define __P(args) args
-#  else
-#   define __P(args) ()
-#  endif  /* GCC.  */
-# endif  /* Not __P.  */
+#undef PARAMS
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#else
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#endif
 
 int
-  xstrtod __P ((const char *str, const char **ptr, double *result));
+  xstrtod PARAMS ((const char *str, const char **ptr, double *result));
 
-#endif /* XSTRTOD_H */
+#endif /* not XSTRTOD_H */

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Jim Meyering (meyering@na-net.ornl.gov) */
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -91,19 +91,21 @@ __xstrtol (s, ptr, base, val, valid_suffixes)
     return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
   if (*p == s)
     return LONGINT_INVALID;
+
+  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
+  /* FIXME: update all callers except the one in tail.c changing
+     last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
   if (!valid_suffixes)
     {
-      if (**p == '\0')
-	{
-	  *val = tmp;
-	  return LONGINT_OK;
-	}
-      else
-	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+      *val = tmp;
+      return LONGINT_OK;
     }
 
-  if (**p != '\0' && strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+  if (**p != '\0')
     {
+      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+
       switch (**p)
 	{
 	case 'b':
@@ -143,8 +145,8 @@ __xstrtol (s, ptr, base, val, valid_suffixes)
 
 #ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
 
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "error.h"
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "error.h"
 
 char *program_name;
 
@@ -172,4 +174,5 @@ main (int argc, char** argv)
     }
   exit (0);
 }
+
 #endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */

lib/xstrtol.h

@@ -1,66 +1,69 @@
-#ifndef _xstrtol_h_
-#define _xstrtol_h_ 1
+#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
+# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
 
-#if STRING_TO_UNSIGNED
-# define __xstrtol xstrtoul
-# define __strtol strtoul
-# define __unsigned unsigned
-# define __ZLONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
-#else
-# define __xstrtol xstrtol
-# define __strtol strtol
-# define __unsigned /* empty */
-# define __ZLONG_MAX LONG_MAX
-#endif
+# if STRING_TO_UNSIGNED
+#  define __xstrtol xstrtoul
+#  define __strtol strtoul
+#  define __unsigned unsigned
+#  define __ZLONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+# else
+#  define __xstrtol xstrtol
+#  define __strtol strtol
+#  define __unsigned /* empty */
+#  define __ZLONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# endif
 
-#undef __P
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#define	__P(x) x
-#else
-#define	__P(x) ()
-#endif
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 
+#ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
 enum strtol_error
   {
     LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
   };
 typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
+#endif
 
 strtol_error
-  __xstrtol __P ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base,
-		  __unsigned long int *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
+  __xstrtol PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base,
+		     __unsigned long int *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
 
-#define _STRTOL_ERROR(exit_code, str, argument_type_string, err)	\
+#undef _STRTOL_ERROR
+# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)	\
   do									\
     {									\
-      switch ((err))							\
+      switch ((Err))							\
 	{								\
 	case LONGINT_OK:						\
 	  abort ();							\
 									\
 	case LONGINT_INVALID:						\
-	  error ((exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
-		 (argument_type_string), (str));			\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
 	  break;							\
 									\
 	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:				\
-	  error ((exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s `%s'",	\
-		 (argument_type_string), (str));			\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s `%s'",	\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
 	  break;							\
 									\
 	case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:						\
 	  /* FIXME: make this message dependent on STRING_TO_UNSIGNED */\
-	  error ((exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' larger than maximum long int",\
-		 (argument_type_string), (str));			\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' larger than maximum long int",\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
 	  break;							\
 	}								\
     }									\
   while (0)
 
-#define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(str, argument_type_string, err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (2, str, argument_type_string, err)
+# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
 
-#define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(str, argument_type_string, err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, str, argument_type_string, err)
+# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
 
-#endif /* _xstrtol_h_ */
+#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */

lib/xstrtoul.h

@@ -1,7 +1,13 @@
-#ifndef _xstrtoul_h_
-# define _xstrtoul_h_ 1
+#ifndef XSTRTOUL_H_
+# define XSTRTOUL_H_ 1
 
 # define STRING_TO_UNSIGNED 1
+
+/* Undefine this symbol so we can include xstrtol.h a second time.
+   Otherwise, a program that wanted both xstrtol.h and xstrtoul.h
+   would never get the declaration corresponding to the header file 
+   included after the first one.  */
+# undef XSTRTOL_H_
 # include "xstrtol.h"
 
-#endif /* _xstrtoul_h_ */
+#endif /* not XSTRTOUL_H_ */

lib/ylwrap

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 11 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Usage:
+#     ylwrap PROG [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- [ARGS]...
+# * PROG is program to run.
+# * OUTPUT is file PROG generates
+# * DESIRED is file we actually want
+# * ARGS are passed to PROG
+# Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
+
+# The program to run.
+prog="$1"
+shift
+
+pairlist=
+while test "$#" -ne 0; do
+   if test "$1" = "--"; then
+      break
+   fi
+   pairlist="$pairlist $1"
+   shift
+done
+
+$prog ${1+"$@"} || exit $?
+
+set X $pairlist
+shift
+status=0
+first=yes
+while test "$#" -ne 0; do
+   if test -f "$1"; then
+      mv "$1" "$2" || status=$?
+   else
+      # A missing file is only an error for the first file.  This is a
+      # blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d".  If -d is not
+      # specified, we don't want an error when the header file is
+      # "missing".
+      if test $first = yes; then
+	 status=1
+      fi
+   fi
+   shift
+   shift
+   first=no
+done
+exit $status

m4/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+
+# Generate this list with
+# find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \
+#   |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012'
+EXTRA_DIST = README \
+ccstdc.m4 dmalloc.m4 error.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 \
+gettext.m4 header.m4 init.m4 install.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 \
+jm-winsz2.m4 lcmessage.m4 lispdir.m4 maintainer.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 \
+obstack.m4 progtest.m4 protos.m4 ptrdiff.m4 regex.m4 sanity.m4 strftime.m4 \
+strtod.m4 termios.m4 uptime.m4 winsz.m4

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Generate this list with
+# find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \
+#   |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012'
+
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+
+top_builddir = ..
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+PERL = @PERL@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+CC = @CC@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README \
+ccstdc.m4 dmalloc.m4 error.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 \
+gettext.m4 header.m4 init.m4 install.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 \
+jm-winsz2.m4 lcmessage.m4 lispdir.m4 maintainer.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 \
+obstack.m4 progtest.m4 protos.m4 ptrdiff.m4 regex.m4 sanity.m4 strftime.m4 \
+strtod.m4 termios.m4 uptime.m4 winsz.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_COMMON =  README Makefile.am Makefile.in README
+
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+TAR = tar
+default: all
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu m4/Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+
+subdir = m4
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	done
+info:
+dvi:
+check: all
+	$(MAKE)
+installcheck:
+install-exec:
+	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install-data:
+	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install: install-exec install-data all
+	@:
+
+uninstall:
+
+all: Makefile
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+installdirs:
+
+
+mostlyclean-generic:
+	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
+
+clean-generic:
+	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-generic
+
+clean:  clean-generic mostlyclean
+
+distclean:  distclean-generic clean
+	rm -f config.status
+
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+.PHONY: default tags distdir info dvi installcheck install-exec \
+install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

m4/README

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
+package).  aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
+used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
+this distribution.
+
+Some of these files are copies of the ones in the automake-1.1l
+distribution.  Others are specific to this package.
+Eventually, I expect that aclocal will evolve so that this directory
+can contain only the .m4 files specific to this package.

m4/ccstdc.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+## ----------------------------------------- ##
+## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible.  ##
+## From Franc,ois Pinard                     ##
+## ----------------------------------------- ##
+
+# serial 1
+
+# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
+# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
+# @ovindex CC
+# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
+# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
+# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
+# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
+# handles function prototypes correctly.
+#
+# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
+# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
+# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
+# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
+# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
+# @end defmac
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
+[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC="$CC"
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
+# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+[#if !defined(__STDC__) || __STDC__ != 1
+choke me
+#endif
+/* DYNIX/ptx V4.1.3 can't compile sys/stat.h with -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__. */
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+], [
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
+[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
+done
+CC="$ac_save_CC"
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
+case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+  x|xno) ;;
+  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+])

m4/dmalloc.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Check if --with-dmalloc was given.  ##
+## From Franc,ois Pinard               ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_DMALLOC,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if malloc debugging is wanted)
+AC_ARG_WITH(dmalloc,
+[  --with-dmalloc          use dmalloc, as in
+                          ftp://ftp.letters.com/src/dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz],
+[if test "$withval" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+  AC_DEFINE(WITH_DMALLOC)
+  LIBS="$LIBS -ldmalloc"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -g"
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
+])

m4/error.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+dnl From Jim Meyering.  Use this if you use the GNU error.[ch].
+dnl FIXME: Migrate into libit
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE,
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for error_at_line], am_cv_lib_error_at_line,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([],[error_at_line(0, 0, "", 0, "");],
+              am_cv_lib_error_at_line=yes,
+	      am_cv_lib_error_at_line=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_lib_error_at_line = no; then
+   LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS error.o"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
+])

m4/getgroups.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#serial 2
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl  /* Define to rpl_getgroups if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl  #undef getgroups
+dnl
+dnl Invoking code should check $GETGROUPS_LIB something like this:
+dnl  jm_FUNC_GETGROUPS
+dnl  test -n "$GETGROUPS_LIB" && LIBS="$GETGROUPS_LIB $LIBS"
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GETGROUPS,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getgroups)
+
+ # If we don't yet have getgroups, see if it's in -lbsd.
+ # This is reported to be necessary on an ITOS 3000WS running SEIUX 3.1.
+ if test $ac_cv_func_getgroups = no; then
+   jm_cv_sys_getgroups_saved_lib="$LIBS"
+   AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, getgroups, [GETGROUPS_LIB=-lbsd])
+   LIBS="$jm_cv_sys_getgroups_saved_lib"
+ fi
+
+ # Run the program to test the functionality of the system-supplied
+ # getgroups function only if there is such a function.
+ if test $ac_cv_func_getgroups = yes; then
+   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working getgroups], jm_cv_func_working_getgroups,
+    [AC_TRY_RUN([
+      int
+      main ()
+      {
+	/* On Ultrix 4.3, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.  */
+	exit (getgroups (0, 0) == -1 ? 1 : 0);
+      }
+		],
+	       jm_cv_func_working_getgroups=yes,
+	       jm_cv_func_working_getgroups=no,
+	       dnl When crosscompiling, assume getgroups is broken.
+	       jm_cv_func_working_getgroups=no)
+    ])
+    if test $jm_cv_func_working_getgroups = no; then
+      LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getgroups.o"
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(getgroups, rpl_getgroups)
+    fi
+  fi
+])

m4/getline.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl See if there's a working, system-supplied version of the getline function.
+dnl We can't just to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(getline) because some systems
+dnl have a function by that name in -linet that doesn't have anything
+dnl to do with the function we need.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_GETLINE,
+[dnl
+  am_getline_needs_run_time_check=no
+  am_cv_func_working_getline=yes
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(getline,
+		dnl Found it in some library.  Verify that it works.
+		am_getline_needs_run_time_check=yes,
+		am_cv_func_working_getline=no)
+  if test $am_getline_needs_run_time_check = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working getline function], am_cv_func_working_getline,
+    [echo fooN |tr -d '\012'|tr N '\012' > conftestdata
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#    if HAVE_STRING_H
+#     include <string.h>
+#    endif
+    int main ()
+    { /* Based on a test program from Karl Heuer.  */
+      char *line = NULL;
+      size_t siz = 0;
+      int len;
+      FILE *in = fopen ("./conftestdata", "r");
+      if (!in)
+	return 1;
+      len = getline (&line, &siz, in);
+      exit ((len == 4 && line && strcmp (line, "foo\n") == 0) ? 0 : 1);
+    }
+    ], am_cv_func_working_getline=yes dnl The library version works.
+    , am_cv_func_working_getline=no dnl The library version does NOT work.
+    , am_cv_func_working_getline=no dnl We're cross compiling.
+    )])
+  fi
+
+  if test $am_cv_func_working_getline = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getline.o"
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
+  fi
+])

m4/getloadavg.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#serial 3
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_GETLOADAVG,
+[ac_have_func=no # yes means we've found a way to get the load average.
+
+am_cv_saved_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+# On HPUX9, an unprivileged user can get load averages through this function.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic)
+
+# Solaris has libkstat which does not require root.
+AC_CHECK_LIB(kstat, kstat_open)
+if test $ac_cv_lib_kstat_kstat_open = yes ; then ac_have_func=yes ; fi
+
+# Some systems with -lutil have (and need) -lkvm as well, some do not.
+# On Solaris, -lkvm requires nlist from -lelf, so check that first
+# to get the right answer into the cache.
+# For kstat on solaris, we need libelf to force the definition of SVR4 below.
+AC_CHECK_LIB(elf, elf_begin, LIBS="-lelf $LIBS")
+if test $ac_have_func = no; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(kvm, kvm_open, LIBS="-lkvm $LIBS")
+  # Check for the 4.4BSD definition of getloadavg.
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(util, getloadavg,
+    [LIBS="-lutil $LIBS" ac_have_func=yes ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=yes])
+fi
+
+if test $ac_have_func = no; then
+  # There is a commonly available library for RS/6000 AIX.
+  # Since it is not a standard part of AIX, it might be installed locally.
+  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+  LIBS="-L/usr/local/lib $LIBS"
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(getloadavg, getloadavg,
+    LIBS="-lgetloadavg $LIBS", LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS")
+fi
+
+# Make sure it is really in the library, if we think we found it.
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(getloadavg)
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_getloadavg = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETLOADAVG)
+  ac_have_func=yes
+else
+  AC_DEFINE(C_GETLOADAVG)
+  # Figure out what our getloadavg.c needs.
+  ac_have_func=no
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/dg_sys_info.h,
+  [ac_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(DGUX)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(dgc, dg_sys_info)])
+
+  # We cannot check for <dwarf.h>, because Solaris 2 does not use dwarf (it
+  # uses stabs), but it is still SVR4.  We cannot check for <elf.h> because
+  # Irix 4.0.5F has the header but not the library.
+  if test $ac_have_func = no && test $ac_cv_lib_elf_elf_begin = yes; then
+    ac_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(SVR4)
+  fi
+
+  if test $ac_have_func = no; then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(inq_stats/cpustats.h,
+    [ac_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(UMAX)
+    AC_DEFINE(UMAX4_3)])
+  fi
+
+  if test $ac_have_func = no; then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/cpustats.h,
+    [ac_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(UMAX)])
+  fi
+
+  if test $ac_have_func = no; then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(mach/mach.h)
+  fi
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(nlist.h,
+  [AC_DEFINE(NLIST_STRUCT)
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for n_un in struct nlist], ac_cv_struct_nlist_n_un,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <nlist.h>],
+  [struct nlist n; n.n_un.n_name = 0;],
+  ac_cv_struct_nlist_n_un=yes, ac_cv_struct_nlist_n_un=no)])
+  if test $ac_cv_struct_nlist_n_un = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(NLIST_NAME_UNION)
+  fi
+  ])dnl
+fi # Do not have getloadavg in system libraries.
+
+# Some definitions of getloadavg require that the program be installed setgid.
+dnl FIXME Don't hardwire the path of getloadavg.c in the top-level directory.
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether getloadavg requires setgid,
+  ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid,
+[AC_EGREP_CPP([Yowza Am I SETGID yet],
+[#include "$srcdir/lib/getloadavg.c"
+#ifdef LDAV_PRIVILEGED
+Yowza Am I SETGID yet
+#endif],
+  ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=yes, ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid=no)])
+if test $ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid = yes; then
+  NEED_SETGID=true; AC_DEFINE(GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED)
+else
+  NEED_SETGID=false
+fi
+AC_SUBST(NEED_SETGID)dnl
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_getloadavg_setgid = yes; then
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(group of /dev/kmem, ac_cv_group_kmem,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<
+  # On Solaris, /dev/kmem is a symlink.  Get info on the real file.
+  ac_ls_output=`ls -lgL /dev/kmem 2>/dev/null`
+  # If we got an error (system does not support symlinks), try without -L.
+  test -z "$ac_ls_output" && ac_ls_output=`ls -lg /dev/kmem`
+  ac_cv_group_kmem=`echo $ac_ls_output \
+    | sed -ne 's/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g;
+	       s/^.[sSrwx-]* *[0-9]* *\([^0-9]*\)  *.*/\1/;
+	       / /s/.* //;p;'`
+>>
+changequote([, ])dnl
+)
+  KMEM_GROUP=$ac_cv_group_kmem
+fi
+AC_SUBST(KMEM_GROUP)dnl
+
+if test x = "x$am_cv_saved_LIBS"; then
+  GETLOADAVG_LIBS="$LIBS"
+else
+  GETLOADAVG_LIBS=`echo "$LIBS"|sed "s!$am_cv_saved_LIBS!!"`
+fi
+AC_SUBST(GETLOADAVG_LIBS)dnl
+LIBS="$am_cv_saved_LIBS"
+])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+    dnl Default is enabled NLS
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+	nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	])
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
+	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
+	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
+	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
+
+	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
+	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
+	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
+	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
+	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
+	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
+		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
+		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
+		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
+		 fi
+		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
+		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
+		 DATADIRNAME=lib
+		 INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
+		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+	       fi])
+	  fi
+        fi
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+        DATADIRNAME=share
+	INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
+	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+	dnl Makefiles still can work.
+	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
+	    [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+    fi
+
+    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+      USE_NLS=yes
+      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
+    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+    dnl in configure.in.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+  ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h values.h])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+   fi
+
+   AM_LC_MESSAGES
+   AM_WITH_NLS
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+     fi
+
+     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+   test -d intl || mkdir intl
+   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+     dnl cannot handle comments.
+     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
+   fi
+   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
+
+   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
+   dnl packages.
+   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
+   dnl Try to locate is.
+   MKINSTALLDIRS=
+   if test $ac_aux_dir; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
+   test -d po || mkdir po
+   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+     else
+       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+     fi
+   else
+     posrcprefix="../"
+   fi
+   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+  ])

m4/header.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
+[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
+dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
+dnl and everything past the last "/".
+AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl
+changequote([,]))])

m4/init.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
+# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
+# But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl Usage:
+dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version)
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL])
+PACKAGE=[$1]
+AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
+VERSION=[$2]
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION")
+AM_SANITY_CHECK
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])

m4/install.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+## --------------------------------------------------------- ##
+## Use AC_PROG_INSTALL, supplementing it with INSTALL_SCRIPT ##
+## substitution.                                             ##
+## From Franc,ois Pinard                                     ##
+## --------------------------------------------------------- ##
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
+])

m4/jm-mktime.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl   /* Define to rpl_mktime if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl   #undef mktime
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MKTIME,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_FUNC_MKTIME])dnl
+ if test $am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
+   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(mktime, rpl_mktime)
+ fi
+])

m4/jm-winsz1.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+#serial 1
+AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_IN_TERMIOS_H,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether use of TIOCGWINSZ requires termios.h],
+	        jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_termios_h,
+  [jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_termios_h=no
+
+   if test $am_cv_sys_posix_termios = yes; then
+     AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
+     [#include <sys/types.h>
+#      include <termios.h>
+#      ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+         yes
+#      endif
+     ], jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_termios_h=yes)
+   fi
+  ])
+])

m4/jm-winsz2.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#serial 2
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_NEEDS_SYS_IOCTL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_IN_TERMIOS_H])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether use of TIOCGWINSZ requires sys/ioctl.h],
+	        jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h,
+  [jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h=no
+
+  if test $jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_termios_h = no; then
+    AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
+    [#include <sys/types.h>
+#     include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#     ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+        yes
+#     endif
+    ], jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h=yes)
+  fi
+  ])
+  if test $jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+  fi
+])

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
+  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
+    fi
+  fi])

m4/lispdir.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+## ------------------------
+## Emacs LISP file handling
+## From Ulrich Drepper
+## ------------------------
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_LISPDIR,
+ [# If set to t, that means we are running in a shell under Emacs.
+  # If you have an Emacs named "t", then use the full path.
+  test "$EMACS" = t && EMACS=
+  AC_PATH_PROG(EMACS, emacs xemacs, no)
+  if test $EMACS != "no"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([where .elc files should go])
+    dnl Set default value
+    lispdir="\$(datadir)/emacs/site-lisp"
+    if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then
+      if test -d $ac_default_prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then
+	lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp"
+      else
+	if test -d $ac_default_prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then
+	  lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp"
+	fi
+      fi
+    else
+      if test -d $prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then
+	lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp"
+      else
+	if test -d $prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then
+	  lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp"
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($lispdir)
+    ELCFILES="\$(ELCFILES)"
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(lispdir)
+  AC_SUBST(ELCFILES)])

m4/maintainer.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.
+# From Jim Meyering
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_MAINTAINER_MODE,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
+  dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
+[  --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
+                          (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
+      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval,
+      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_MAINTAINER_MODE)
+  if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
+    MAINT=
+  else
+    MAINT='#M#'
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl
+]
+)

m4/memcmp.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl   /* Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl   #undef memcmp
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MEMCMP,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MEMCMP])dnl
+ if test $ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean = no; then
+   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(memcmp, rpl_memcmp)
+ fi
+])

m4/mktime.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#serial 2
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl FIXME: this should migrate into libit.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_MKTIME,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_TIME])dnl
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working mktime], am_cv_func_working_mktime,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN(
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<</* Test program from Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com)
+   and Tony Leneis (tony@plaza.ds.adp.com).  */
+#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+#  include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static time_t time_t_max;
+
+/* Values we'll use to set the TZ environment variable.  */
+static const char *const tz_strings[] = {
+  NULL, "GMT0", "JST-9", "EST+3EDT+2,M10.1.0/00:00:00,M2.3.0/00:00:00"
+};
+#define N_STRINGS (sizeof (tz_strings) / sizeof (tz_strings[0]))
+
+static void
+mktime_test (now)
+     time_t now;
+{
+  if (mktime (localtime (&now)) != now)
+    exit (1);
+  now = time_t_max - now;
+  if (mktime (localtime (&now)) != now)
+    exit (1);
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  time_t t, delta;
+  int i;
+
+  for (time_t_max = 1; 0 < time_t_max; time_t_max *= 2)
+    continue;
+  time_t_max--;
+  delta = time_t_max / 997; /* a suitable prime number */
+  for (i = 0; i < N_STRINGS; i++)
+    {
+      if (tz_strings[i])
+	putenv (tz_strings[i]);
+
+      for (t = 0; t <= time_t_max - delta; t += delta)
+	mktime_test (t);
+      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60);
+      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60 * 24);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+	      >>,
+changequote([, ])dnl
+	     am_cv_func_working_mktime=yes, am_cv_func_working_mktime=no,
+	     dnl When crosscompiling, assume mktime is missing or broken.
+	     am_cv_func_working_mktime=no)
+  ])
+  if test $am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mktime.o"
+  fi
+])

m4/obstack.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl FIXME: migrate into libit.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_OBSTACK,
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for obstacks], am_cv_func_obstack,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include "obstack.h"],
+	      [struct obstack *mem;obstack_free(mem,(char *) 0)],
+	      am_cv_func_obstack=yes,
+	      am_cv_func_obstack=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_func_obstack = yes; then
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OBSTACK)
+ else
+   LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS obstack.o"
+ fi
+])

m4/progtest.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
+[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if [$3]; then
+	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+  ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test -n "[$]$1"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])

m4/protos.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## Check for function prototypes.  ##
+## From Franc,ois Pinard           ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_C_PROTOTYPES,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_CC_STDC])
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for function prototypes])
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != no; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+  AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES)
+  U= ANSI2KNR=
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+  U=_ ANSI2KNR=./ansi2knr
+  # Ensure some checks needed by ansi2knr itself.
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(U)dnl
+AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR)dnl
+])

m4/ptrdiff.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# From Ulrich Drepper.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T,
+  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ptrdiff_t], am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t,
+     [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>], [ptrdiff_t p],
+		     am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=yes, am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=no)])
+   if test $am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t = yes; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTRDIFF_T)
+   fi
+])

m4/regex.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+## --------------------------------- ##
+## Check if --with-regex was given.  ##
+## --------------------------------- ##
+
+# serial 1
+
+# The idea is to distribute rx.[hc] and regex.[hc] together, for a while.
+# The WITH_REGEX symbol (which should also be documented in acconfig.h)
+# is used to decide which of regex.h or rx.h should be included in the
+# application.  If `./configure --with-regex' is given (the default), the
+# package will use gawk's regex.  If `./configure --without-regex', a
+# check is made to see if rx is already installed, as with newer Linux'es.
+# If not found, the package will use the rx from the distribution.
+# If found, the package will use the system's rx which, on Linux at least,
+# will result in a smaller executable file.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_REGEX,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(which of GNU rx or gawk's regex is wanted)
+AC_ARG_WITH(regex,
+[  --without-regex         use GNU rx in lieu of gawk's regex for matching],
+[test "$withval" = yes && am_with_regex=1],
+[am_with_regex=1])
+if test -n "$am_with_regex"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(regex)
+  AC_DEFINE(WITH_REGEX)
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU regex in libc], am_cv_gnu_regex,
+    AC_TRY_LINK([], [extern int re_max_failures; re_max_failures = 1],
+		am_cv_gnu_regex=yes, am_cv_gnu_regex=no))
+  if test $am_cv_gnu_regex = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS regex.o"
+  fi
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(rx)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(re_rx_search, , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS rx.o"])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
+])